this what i put together so far…

who swine flu level 6 pandemic, to last 2 or more years announced 12th june 2009

Swine flu BS in the media NO STOPING IT says WHO 03 07 2009

FLU will become SARS VIRUS says AMA President Dr Pesce (audio is best i can get it)

Swine flu spread unstoppable, WHO says
http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2009/07/03/2616544.htm?section=justin

Posted Fri Jul 3, 2009

The United Nations’ top health official says the worldwide spread of swine flu is now unstoppable.

The head of the World Health Organisation, Dr Margaret Chan, was speaking at a global forum in Mexico, where the virus first took hold.

Dr Chan was keen to promote Mexico as a safe destination, despite it suffering the largest number of fatalities since the outbreak began over two months ago.

Leaders and experts from across the world gathered in Cancun to see what lessons could be learnt so far, but the advice is still the same.

The best way to avoid catching the virus is simple – wash your hands and avoid coughing and sneezing in public.

The World Health Organisation also promised that poor countries in the Americas would receive enough vaccine to fight the swine flu outbreak.

- BBC

mandatory FLU and HPV vaccinations deadly


http://www.cdc.gov/h1n1flu/eua/qa.htm

Swine Influenza Countermeasures

7. Are there EUAs currently in effect?

Yes. In response to the the Secretary’s declaration of public health emergency involving swine influenza A virus on April 26, 2009, the FDA has authorized emergency use of important medical product under certain circumstances. FDA has issued 5 EUAs, allowing for the use of antiviral products (Relenza, Tamiflu), certain types/models of N95 respirators, rRT-PCR Swine Flu Panel diagnostic test, and rRT-PCR Flu Panel (NPS, NS, TS, NPS/TS, NA) diagnostic test.

Additional information on these EUAs can also be found on FDA 2009 H1N1 Virus site.

8. Why are EUAs needed to distribute swine influenza countermeasures?

While Tamiflu and Relenza have been previously approved by the FDA, certain aspects of the distribution and use of these products are not covered by their approved applications. An EUA allows these drugs to be legally distributed for the unapproved uses for which they are being authorized.

FDA has authorized emergency use of certain types/models of disposable N95 respirators by the general public during this declared emergency. These respirators may help to keep out germs that may be present in the air you breathe. Please see the N95 Respirators: EUA Summary Fact Sheet for additional information.

The rRT-PCR Swine Flu Panel and the rRT-PCR Flu Panel (NPS, NS, TS, NPS/TS, NA) diagnostic tests have not been approved or cleared by the FDA. An EUA allows these unapproved diagnostic kits to be legally distributed and used for the authorized purposes.

9. Will the EUAs cover swine influenza countermeasures not supplied by the Strategic National Stockpile?

In addition to the countermeasures supplied by the Strategic National Stockpile, Tamiflu and Relenza that are supplied via state and local governments are also covered by the EUAs, if the terms and conditions of the EUAs are met.

————————————————-

oh but dont worry it is not designed to kill only certain people…

Indigenous at ‘higher risk’ of swine flu

By Rachael Brown for The World Today
http://www.abc.net.au/worldtoday/

Indigenous Australians may be more susceptible to swine flu, compounding the many health problems they already face, according to new medical research.

The medical journal, The Lancet, reports the flu strain could have a potentially catastrophic effect.

An Aboriginal man from central Australia was the first of the country’s 10 deaths so far.

In Victoria, where the outbreak began, a respected doctor says the state’s health system has only been spared from paralysis because of the strain’s predominantly mild nature.

Professor Michael Gracey is a medical adviser to the Aboriginal-run organisation, Unity of First People of Australia.

His journal article in The Lancet says the tidal wave of lifestyle diseases have left Indigenous populations vulnerable.

“Their general poor standard of health and the fact that many Indigenous people in Australia unfortunately are smokers, or have been smokers, and this makes them more susceptible to respiratory illnesses.

Professor Gracey says swine flu is disproportionately affecting Indigenous populations around the world.

“In Manitoba in western Canada [swine flu] is several times higher in their Indigenous populations than it is in non-Indigenous people,” he said.

“That is just one example and that is the sort of disproportionate rates of infection that we are used to seeing in Indigenous people.

“It is of interest to recall that during the influenza pandemic of 1918, the so-called Spanish flu spread rapidly from Europe, came to Australia and killed many Aboriginal people in very remote parts of Australia.”

Professor Gracey says designing specific infection protection measures in Australia is difficult.

“The strategies have to be designed according to the local circumstances,” he said.

“Remoteness, isolation, poor severe staff, rapid turnover of medical nursing and health worker staff makes things much, much more difficult.”

The World Health Organisation reports as many as four out of five flu sufferers this winter will have the swine flu virus.

Ten people have died with the virus, most with pre-existing medical conditions.

Dr Peter Eizenberg, who chairs the division of general practice in the initial epicentre of the virus – Melbourne’s north-east, says had the strain not been so mild, the state’s health care system would have buckled.

“It has been like a trial run. Whilst the virus on the whole is mild and most people recover, there have been deaths and it is certain that if the virus was more virulent, there’d be more.”

Dr Eizenberg’s paper in the Medical Journal of Australia lists a string of delays in flu test approvals and processing, and risks for those on the front line.

“GPs and practice nurses are prepared to keep stepping into the firing line,” he said.

“That is our role but to do so government needs to supply the flak jackets. It wasn’t until almost four weeks before our division received the Commonwealth stockpile supply.”

He says Australia’s pandemic plan needs to be reviewed.

The first doses of a swine flu vaccine have been produced but it could be a couple of months before any is distributed

The youngest death has been that of a three-year-old Victorian boy, and in Queensland inmates are being given antivirals after outbreaks in two prisons.

———————————————–

Some old history but interesting how government got into the vaccination program with Prescot Bush. Times magazine is trying to debunk anyone who has a different view or offers other solutions than the vaccines. (shutting down sites)

Swine Flu Pandemic, 2009, Part II, Baxter Corporation’s “Accident”

President Obama says there are three series of vaccinations to be taken (a guess for each foreign strain)
(under mandatory vaccinations) each at $175.00 a pop for the american public

Bird Flu Hoax Pt. 1

http://www.cdc.gov/h1n1flu/eua/qa.htm the baxter corporations preventing any lawsuits from forced vaccinations

——————————————-

NYC OEM Commissioner Joseph Bruno — “What Should We Tell The Public?”

FEMA Administrator Craig Fugate At New York City Hall

————————————————-

No Sign of H1N1 Virus Mixing says W.H.O

The World Health Organization (WHO) said that the H1N1 swine flu virus is stable and there is no sign of it mixing with avian flu or other influenza viruses. [Margaret Chan, WHO Director-General]: “The virus still is very stable.” But the H1N1 virus can mutate. [Margaret Chan, WHO Director-General]: “But as we all know, the influenza virus is highly unpredictable and has great potential for mutation.” Some health officials have said they are concerned that there is a risk that H1N1 could combine with the much deadlier H5N1 bird flu virus. The H1N1 virus needs to be monitored closely to ensure that it does not mutate. [Margaret Chan, WHO Director-General]: “Another important thing we need to monitor is H1N1 and H5N1, which is endemic in some countries in Asia and the Middle East. We would like to see whether there will be any change.” Chan’s remarks are some of the first comments by the WHO leadership since the United Nations agency declared a flu pandemic on June 11th……………………..

soooo why is it that i am seeing things saying different?

Antigenic Shift – the Spread of a New, Mutated Virus

Only the influenza Type-A virus is capable of what is known as antigenic shift.
The current flu in circulation is an entirely new, mutated pathogen formed from elements of human, pig, and avian virus strains.
Overflowing with mutated viruses, the respiratory epithelial host cells of the pig eventually burst open and circulate the new flu virus into the susceptible human population.

——————————

Hong Kong: Swine Flu Mutation Gives Unpredictable Toxicity

If suspected Swine Flu cases in South Korea turn out to be real, then Asia could face an epidemic. Thats coming from a Hong Kong microbiology expert who claims that genes in the flu have already mutated, adding extra unpredictability to the problem. Heres more on this story.
Hong Kongs Center for Health Protection is issuing a warning that some recent cases of Swine Flu in the U.S. suggest that the virus could spark a pandemic.

This is because the virus has begun to mutate, says the Head of Hong Kong University Microbiology, Professor Yuen Kwokyung. He said that a local swine flu test will be ready in one to two weeks. They are delaying its release to test new strains of the virus.

[Professor Yuen Kwokyung, Head of Hong Kong University Microbiology]:
If you look at the patients, excluding the patients in Mexico, their symptoms are like what’s seen in seasonal influenza. Therefore, we have reason to believe that a quick test method would be effective.

But because the swine flu gene has mutated, its toxicity is unpredictable.

[Professor Yuen Kwokyung, Head of Hong Kong University Microbiology]:
When a virus is able to spread easily, that usually means it is not very toxic. But I think that after the SARS outbreak we should not think like we used to. When it becomes more toxic, if we are not well prepared, then this epidemic will become very serious.

Kwokyung is calling on the Hong Kong public to fight the epidemic until the scientific community have more information about the virus.

Kwokyung advised the public to maintain personal hygiene and said there is no need for alarm.

lol reminds me of fight club… everyone knows about it BUT DONT TALK ABOUT IT…….

————————————————-

New flu strain ‘has mutated, become more infectious’
http://www.yomiuri.co.jp/dy/national/20090616TDY03103.htm

(Jun. 16, 2009)

The Yomiuri Shimbun

The new strain of influenza appears to have mutated to become more infectious for humans, the online edition of science magazine Nature reported Monday, referencing research by a team including Prof. Yoshihiro Kawaoka of Tokyo University’s Institute of Medical Science.

The surface of influenza virus particles are covered with thorn-shaped proteins called hemagglutinin (HA), which allows the virus to stick to human cells.

After analyzing multiple samples of the new flu virus, the team ascertained that in some cases the HA of the new H1N1 strain have mutated, allowing the strain to stick to human cells more easily.

According to Kawaoka, the same mutations have been found in HA of the H5N1 strain of influenza, the highly virulent bird flu, which kills about 60 percent of those it infects. Kawaoka said the virus is still in the process of mutating into a form even more infectious to humans.

———————————————

http://www.ossec.dpc.wa.gov.au/CounterTe….usActivity.aspx

COUNTER-TERRORISM & STATE SECURITY

Reporting suspicious activity, threats or criminal acts

The effective protection of critical infrastructure from terrorism requires a partnership between government and industry. Establishing reliable communication channels for security related information exchange is an essential component of the process.

You and your staff know your business better than anyone and are best placed to notice suspicious activity around your facility. An internal reporting system should be established and staff should be encouraged to report all security related incidents. If something doesn’t seem right, it should be reported.

Who do you report to:

* Dangerous situation or life threatening emergency:

Telephone ‘000’.

* Currently occurring suspicious activity, threat or criminal act, which is not life threatening:

Telephone Police on 131 444
Police may be able to attend and investigate the situation.

* A crime that has already occurred and the matter is not an emergency:

Telephone Police on 131 444

* Suspicious activity, which you believe may be terrorist related, may also be reported to the National Security Hotline

Telephone 1800 123 400 (24-hour)
Email hotline@nationalsecurity.gov.au
Mail

Attorney-General’s Department
National Circuit
BARTON ACT 2600
Australia

All reports to the Hotline are taken seriously and information received is passed to relevant police, security and intelligence agencies for assessment and further investigation.

What do you report:

Some activities you might consider suspicious:

* Unusual surveillance, videotaping or photography of important buildings and infrastructure (eg. energy, water, and transport facilities)
* Damaged to security features (fencing, gates, etc) at your facility or any of the above infrastructure
* Vehicles parked for long periods near important buildings, infrastructure or busy public places
* Vehicles, packages or bags abandoned in public places or near important buildings or infrastructure
* Purchase or possession of large amounts of fertiliser, chemicals or explosives for no apparent legitimate reason
* Accommodation (including garages, self storage facilities) being used at odd times of the night or day
* Unusual collection of information about a specific important building or piece of infrastructure

This checklist may assist in identifying suspicious behaviour. Should I Report It?

oh but then dont forget about all the others to report on.. now it is the bikies.

Phone In A Bikie’ Campaign

http://www.davidicke.com/forum/showthread.php?t=69762

so basicly it has gotten to the point EVERYONE is considerd a risk to the safety of all australia… and anyone can now be accussed of something that would get the person they are calling on into truble with the law EVEN IF THEY DIDNT DO ANYTHING.

=====================================================================

=====================================================================

Bikie Clubs Dismantled For Martial Law

what is happening to the bikie’s i used to know? part 1 of 2

what is happening to the bikie’s i used to know? part 2 of 2

Here is the link outlining the new laws regarding the dismantling of motorcycle gangs.

http://www.theaustralian.news.com.au/story/0,25197,25259061-5006784,00.html

Even banning Bikers from Venues and Pubs (Bars)

http://www.theaustralian.news.com.au/story/0,25197,25653102-2702,00.html

PROPOSED laws in NSW will put the power to ban bikie gangs in the hands of a Supreme Court judge, Attorney-General John Hatzistergos says.
Mr Hatzistergos and NSW Premier Nathan Rees on Sunday outlined tough new legislation calling for jail terms of two to five years for bikie gang members caught associating with one another after the gang is banned.

Mr Hatzistergos said a NSW Supreme Court judge would decide whether a bikie group should be banned after an application from the police commissioner.

"The judge will be the one who will make the orders, and those orders will be both in relation to the group and the individuals,” he told reporters.

Mr Hatzistergos said the NSW approach would differ in several ways from the strategy adopted in South Australia’s anti-bikie legislation.

"In South Australia the orders are different – the order is only made in relation to the group by the attorney-general, but individuals who then constitute the offence have to be the subject of an order by a magistrate.”

Bikies who continued to associate with each other would be given no warning before charges were laid, he said.

"We’re not proposing to have a system of warning like they have in South Australia,” he said.

Australian Federal Police Commissioner Mick Keelty said the proposed laws were "very appropriate”, noting that NSW had a particular problem with bikie gangs because half of the nation’s 40 outlawed groups reside in the state.

NSW Opposition Leader Barry O’Farrell welcomed the laws, saying it was time to stop "pussyfooting around”.

He said the move could finally give the police the tough powers needed to smash outlaw motorcycle gangs and put an end to them.

"With parliament about to take a break until May, it’s important it deal with any legislation this week so that police have the powers needed to shut down the criminal bikie gangs and their activities,” he said.

"We have to stop pussyfooting around.

"The violent and criminal activities of these outlaw motorcycle gangs requires a strong response which is what the Liberal/Nationals have been urging for weeks.”

The new laws have been proposed following last Sunday’s fatal brawl between the Hells Angels and rival gang the Comancheros at Sydney Airport.

Police on Friday officially launched Strike Force Raptor, aimed at eliminating bikie warfare and related criminal activity.

On Saturday night, officers searched 25 people and four cars as part of the operation.
Police arrested and charged two people and issued eight move-on notices after carrying out searches and patrolling 11 bars in Kings Cross and Parramatta.
[hr]

[b]‘Phone In A Bikie’ Campaign[/b]

http://www.themotorreport.com.au/34926/phone-in-a-bikie-campaign-to-begin-in-wa-tomorrow/

* Jun 22nd, 2009
* by
Mike Stevens
* Print
* 3 comments
* Bookmark and Share
* Comment

west-aus-bikies

THE WESTERN AUSTRALIA GOVERNMENT will tomorrow launch its ‘Phone in a Bikie’ campaign, which urges the public to inform police of suspect activities by known members of outlaw motorcycle gangs.

WA Police Minister Rob Johnson and Specialist Crime Assistant Commissioner Wayne Gregson said the campaign, which will be run over print and radio advertising, will lead to improved information and intelligence holdings.

“The reason why we’ve launched this initiative is to allow members of the community to give us feedback about what they know the bikies are up to,” Mr Gregson said.

“Now they’re in a position to tell us where they work, what businesses they are involved in, where they are drinking, with whom they are associating and they can give us this information anonymously through Crime Stoppers.

Mr Gregson justified the campaign – which has already gained the nickname ‘dob in a bikie’ – based on the fact that Western Australia has 260 patched bikie members (members wearing ‘gang’ logos on their jackets) with 17 clubhouses, making it difficult for police to monitor gang activities efficiently.

The campaign has met opposition from special interests groups, however, with Damien Codognotto of the Independent Riders’ Group in Melbourne declaring the move ‘un-Australian’, describing it as a system easily abused.

The dob in a bikie scheme incites hatred in the wider community and is open to abuse. Most non-riders can’t tell the difference between a 250 Honda and 1200 BMW. Some will inform on anyone wearing a bike style jacket out of spite or paranoia, Mr Codognotto said.

Hatred of motorcycle & scooter riders on-road can become road rage with deadly effect. It is negative to road safety and utterly irresponsible. Responsible authorities should encourage the safe use of environmentally-friendly transport.

Police estimates indicate that of the more than one million registered motorcyclists in Australia, less than 5000 are regarded as ‘bikie’ gang members.

[hr]

http://www.news.com.au/perthnow/story/0,21598,25600230-2761,00.html

June 07, 2009 12:00pm

POLICE are urging the public to start taking note of who bikies drink with at pubs and to take down their associates’ registrations.
Specialist crime assistant commissioner Wayne Gregson and WA Police Minister Rob Johnson launched a $50,000 initiative aimed at boosting police intelligence efforts today.

A print and radio advertising campaign encouraging the public to "phone in a bikie” would be used rather than the words "dob-in”, which Mr Gregson said market research showed was "un-Australian”.

"The reason why we’ve launched this initiative is to allow members of the community to give us feedback about what they know the bikies are up to,” Mr Gregson said.

“Now they’re in a position to tell us where they work, what businesses they are involved in, where they are drinking, with whom they are associating and they can give us this information anonymously through Crime Stoppers.

“We think it will supplement our information and our intelligence holdings.”

WA has 260 patched bikie members with 17 clubhouses and police could not be everywhere all the time, Mr Gregson said.

Mr Johnson said he was examining legislation in South Australia and other states, in conjunction with the state’s Attorney-General, to see if further laws were needed in WA.

The phone-in-a-bikie day would be held on June 23, but the public could start calling police anytime, Mr Gregson said.
[hr]

http://www.watoday.com.au/wa-news/public-called-on-to-report-bikie-activities-20090607-bzlp.html

Public called on to report bikie activities
June 7, 2009

The West Australian public have been called on to dob in bikies and their associates to boost police intelligence efforts.

Specialist crime assistant commissioner Wayne Gregson and WA Police Minister Rob Johnson launched a $50,000 advertising campaign on Sunday.

The print and radio advertising campaign encouraged the public to "phone in a bikie" on June 23.

The words "phone in" would be used rather than the words "dob in", which Mr Gregson said market research showed was "un-Australian".

The public could start calling police anytime before June 23, Mr Gregson said.

"The reason why we’ve launched this initiative is to allow members of the community to give us feedback about what they know the bikies are up to," Mr Gregson said.

"Now they’re in a position to tell us where they work, what businesses they are involved in, where they are drinking, with whom they are associating and they can give us this information anonymously through Crime Stoppers.

"We think it will supplement our information and our intelligence holdings."

WA has 260 patched bikie members with 17 clubhouses and police could not be everywhere all the time, Mr Gregson said.

Police often received information about bikie activity after events but wanted to be more pro-active, he said.

Operation Juniper, a dedicated taskforce targeting bikie gang members had seen 900 people charged with nearly 2,000 offences in 18 months.

Mr Gregson brushed off suggestions the phone-in was a desperate act by police.

Last month four men, including former Gypsy Jokers president Lennard Kirby and gang "associate" Alexandro Scilio, were shot in a southern Perth suburb, in an alleged dispute over drugs.

Mr Gregson announced on Friday, nearly three weeks after the shootout, six men had been charged in WA over the incident.

Northern Territory police on Friday arrested a 30-year-old man in relation to the incident, after tracking him there.
[hr]

so what does all this mean?

well if you are to look into the bikie history here in australia,, you will see that they are well known for being one of the BIGGEST anti-nwo groups.

aint it strange they are pushing for them to be all locked up

seems to fall into the time line of a impending martial law.
[hr]

$20K fine or jail if an irrigator takes more water than he is entitled to, from the Murray River…twenty grand. KBR Halliburton takes as much as they want, to sell to urban water users.

This must be the only vote in the country that wouldnt be a vote for the status quo, and aptly named…

http://www.freeaustralia.org/

And they know who is taking over the water supplies also. They show the Murray Lower Lakes on their homepage, its not a coincidence
[hr]
Because they are not sheeple. The crown knows that they know what the crown is. Eliminate the competiton, its that simple. Thats how the crown, and its stakeholders, roll.

And also consider what i said in an earlier post on this thread…this is about the bikies, but it isnt at the same time…to explain…these laws can be applied to ANY organisation, if the government puts a sucessful control order on that organisation.

They are using the bikies to create these laws because
a) Of course break up the bikies network…and

b) Its a great excuse to create draconian laws that have much further reaching implications, classic Problem – Reaction Solution as David Icke talks about.

These so called ‘bikie’ laws can be applied to all of us. The website explains further if one takes a look around…

http://www.freeaustralia.org/

[hr]

http://www.adelaidenow.com.au/news/protesting-bikies-vow-theyll-be-back/story-e6freo8c-1225706157667

there is a news video interview on the website

Interstate bikies vow to return to protest new laws
Article from: The Advertiser

* Font size: Decrease Increase
* Email article: Email
* Print article: Print
* Submit comment: Submit comment

BEN HARVEY and MILES KEMP

May 02, 2009 08:45pm

INTERSTATE bikies who descended on Adelaide yesterday to protest against anti-association laws have vowed to return until the laws are repealed.

Sydney based national president of the Rebels Motorcycle Club Alex Vella told The Advertiser interstate bikies would join locals in South Australia again to make their point.

"This is what we will do, if we have to we will protest on Parliament again and again until they listen," he said.

Mr Vella said the bikies were protesting on behalf of all groups, such as trade unions, who were threatened by the Serious and Organised Crime Control Act.

The Act was past last year and bans members being together when any organisation such as a bikie gang is declared illegal.

"There is criminality in the police force and in the churches and in school teaching but do they sack every school teacher and police because of a few people? No," he said.

The protest was attended by 300 members of the Rebels, Hells Angels, Finks, Descendants, Gypsy Jokers, Red Devils, Christian Longriders and Vietnam Veterans club and finished with a rally at Parliament House at 2pm.

The only politician to brave the crowd was Democrats MLC David Winderlich, who told the bikies he did not support criminal elements in their clubs but did back their right to protest and petition Parliament. Mr Winderlich said his two daughters had moved him to defy political advice not to associate with the protest "because it was the right thing to do".

"I don’t think it is fair for any group to be seen as wrong or evil simply because there are elements in that group which are," he said.

The bikies were also welcomed by Colac Hotel publican Mick Plesa, who provided a $2 sausage sizzle and beer for the crowd, despite the stance of his landlord, the ALP.

"It is just a great business opportunity and who gives a f… what the State Government thinks? It is nothing to do with them," he said.

Despite the prospect of hundreds of bikies repeatedly returning to SA because of the laws, Premier Mike Rann was defiant yesterday, saying they had "fat chance" he would change his mind.

"When we are dealing with criminal bikie gangs we are talking about drug dealers on wheels and we are not going to bend or break because of some sort of protest," he said.

Tomorrow the Rebels will head to Victor Harbour while other gangs will head to Wellington.
[hr]

http://justin-coy.blogspot.com/2009/04/australian-government-to-outlaw-outlaws.html

Monday, April 13, 2009
AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT TO OUTLAW OUTLAWS
"We are modern day heroes, like Ned Kelly. Mr. Average would be happy being told by the government what to think, when to drink, when to fuck. That’s not us. We are the last free people in society."

Hell’s Angel
From Arthur Veno’s: The BROTHERHOODS: Inside the Outlaw Motorcycle Clubs

This is my ride; I don’t belong to a club, I know nothin’ and I know no one. I just like mean lookin’ bikes that shake the fuckin’ ground. I’d probably slot into the category of a lone rider; one who rides alone cause I hate ANY and ALL rules; basically, I ain’t the right temperament for a club and I’d probably get my head kicked in in 5 minutes. But I respect ALL clubs for one reason – we love bikes. For this reason, as a "lone rider", I speak for no one but me.

I’ve been watching this media frenzy on so-called ‘bikies’ cause a couple stepped over the line. But why does the media give a fuck? I’ll tell you why they give a fuck – because they KNOW people love this shit – SIMPLE; and I gotta speak up.

1% ers: Origin of

Do you non-bikers know what a 1 percenter is a.k.a 1%er? In 1947, San Francisco, a bunch of WWII vets joined a rally organised by the American Motorcycle Association (AMA), as many realised they didn’t slot back into society (what’s changed for vets) – essentially, many vets and their bikes represented that "MATESHIP" that the world that didn’t go to war couldn’t understand. Among the estimated 2,500 AMA affiliated riders, there were approx. 500 from patch clubs – patches the riders wore proclaiming their allegiance to their small club. Anyway, to cut a long story short, a lotta guys, a lotta bikes, a lotta testosterone and a lotta piss, after WWII, some get too excited and some shit breaks out; as it will in these conditions.

After the event and media attention, the AMA president issued a press release, presumably to defend the good name of motorcyclists, describing the motorcycling community as being comprised of 99 percent law abiding citizens and 1 percent outlaws. This 1 percent is often referred to as patch clubs.

(For full account; See Veno: The Brotherhoods, Ch. II: 1% of History, pp. 27-29)

Now you know the basic history of patch clubs and the 1%er patch – these are the outlaws and I have nothin’ but respect for ‘em. Why? Cause they don’t bother you unless you bother them; they back their mates in any situation and if there’s a problem, you’ll know about it face to face in no uncertain terms. This is good ol’ primal and tribal mateship; the best kind!

So what! some get up to no good sometimes, but who the fuck doesn’t? When was the last time you had 10 bikes role up on your doorstep for no reason? It’s really quite simple: if you don’t fuck with them, then you’re invisible to ‘em.

Now, again, because of less than 1% of the 1%ers have gone too far according to the LAW, breaking one of the golden rules of club politics, then they deserve to be treated within the bounds of the LAW. So what the fuck are the government trying to OUTLAW the OUTLAWS for? The government wants to make it illegal for clubs to operate under ANTI-BIKER LAWS. As I said, I’m a lone rider, but I will stand united with EVERY fucking club if the time comes to shove.

This is my take; like it or not. By definition, the Catholic Church should be outlawed on the basis that there is within its ranks a paedophile network, but this is defined as a few bad apples within the ranks. Yet, these child-raping sadists get all the protection in the world by the same motherfuckers who want to introduce ANTI BIKER LAWS, who, generally only turn on others of different colours for reasons which are none of yours or my business. Why don’t politicians do something to outlaw paedophile rings?

READ THIS AND WORK OUT WHERE THE BIGGER THREAT FOR YOUR KIDS IS: WARNING: IF YOU’RE UNDER 18; FUCK OFF. GRAPHIC, BUT THE REAL WORLD!

NO; I’m not saying what’s goin’ on in Sydney is good or these guys are doing themselves any favours, but the shit that’s goin’ down should be dealt with within the framework of the existing criminal code. No outlawing, no special legislation – the law is already in place if someone is stupid enough to bust someone up in broad daylight with 100 cameras looking on. But then again, what happened after 9-11? The poor Iraqi civilians copped fucking bombs and still do because the worst criminals in the world – politicians – invented the fucking evidence! On this basis, politicians should be outlawed ’cause the vast majority are on "the take". You know it, I know it, they know it, everyone fucking knows it!

We cop a lot from these politicians, which represent US (allegedly), but this is crossing a line. If they take out the bikies, then no one is safe. DO YOU FUCKING GET IT! What’s that line from AVP about a gun:

I’d rather have bikies and not need ‘em than not have bikies and need ‘em.

Posted by JustinCoy at 5:24 AM
[hr]

http://inmycommunity.com.au/news-and-views/local-news/Police-hail-bikie-phone-in-a-success-with-300-calls/7528952/

Police hail bikie phone-in a success with 300 calls

24/Jun/2009

Comments:

WITH almost 300 phone calls received from the public, police have declared yesterday’s phone-in-a-bikie operation a success.
Police Assistant Commissioner Wayne Gregson said police had received valuable information through Crime Stoppers that would help in combating the organised crime activities of outlaw motorcycle gangs.

“I want to thank the public for their assistance,” he said.

The information will be assessed within the context of other intelligence held by the police.

Mr Gregson said callers to Crime Stoppers would remain completely anonymous.

“I want to remind the public they can contact Crime Stoppers at any time about bikies or other criminal activity,” he said.
[hr]

some quates that i found on this site

http://www.news.com.au/perthnow/comments/0,21590,25600230-2761,00.html

well said judge & jury, there are a lot of wanna be’s if they could be’s on here who feed straight off the media hysterics. 99% of the population have a friend , work collegue, local tradie etc who are bikies. They don’t have "bikie" tattooed on their foreheads so you wouldn’t know.They are just the friendly neighbour etc. A lot of their bikes are even kept at the club house and when they ride as a group the cops know exactly who they are, where they’re going etc.The only reason they want your info is to build a fear from the public. The cops tap their phones and the phones of their famlies and friends, they follow them all the time.The cops already know what colour underpants the guys are wearing,so there is nothing joe public could tell them that they don’t already know.all great dictatorships begin with a divide and conquer mentality.Divide the public and vett them against each other , bring down anybody or group that may defend democracy ,with fear and inuendo, and walk over the remainder. Are YOU one of the remainder???????

Posted by: f50burbs of sor 12:43am June 10, 2009
Comment 145 of 148

JJ of HH stop calling them Drug Dealers, they are not only one or two have ever been charged with intent to sell and that had nothing to do with the clubs they were involved in. How do you know what goes on behind closed doors, you have no idea. You are simply feeding of the bulls**t fed to you. The people commenting on this site have most likely had dealings with them and can speak from experience and knowledge. Most club members have families and do not touch drugs, heavy drug use is not even tolerated in a lot of clubs. As far as all the loot they are bagging, what a joke, we know members of 3 different clubs and all members have jobs, some on minesites up north, some run their own businesses (all above board) and others are tradesmen and they all work damn hard to earn their money. We are not members, and not what you would call associates just individuals who have got to know them througout our lives and treat them the same as any other person you would meet in social situations, we don’t offer them any more respect that our other friends. As far as your gang wars, all 3 of those clubs were at an event together and got along fine. I think maybe you are the one with a little bit of Bikie Envy going on…. can’t be one so you despise them – pull your head out of your a** and don’t pass judgement on something you know nothing about.

Posted by: Judge and Jury of 12:14pm June 09, 2009
Comment 143 of 148

Dob in a Bikie That makes me laugh,What are the Police going to do? If they are sooooo worried about the Bikies. What about Some of these poeple that cause cr*p everyday But the Police are not interested,Instead of dob in a bikie day,What about Dob In an Ass**le Day Im sure that would work.

Posted by: Oh Dear of WA 7:50pm June 08, 2009
Comment 139 of 148

Lets see now, Kevin Rudd was an ex-diplomat for Australia posted in China (A communist country with an appaling record for human rights). We now have a Labour Govt in every State and in control of the Federal parliament as well. Welcome to the new order. How long before the tanks start rolling in??

Posted by: Sparks of East Germany 7:23pm June 08, 2009
Comment 138 of 148
[hr]

http://news.smh.com.au/breaking-news-national/police-crackdown-driving-bikies-crazy-20090922-g0a0.html

Police crackdown driving bikies ‘crazy’

September 22, 2009 – 5:24PM
NSW Police are driving bikies "crazy" in an ongoing crackdown, which has so far resulted in 400 arrests, Police Minister Michael Daley says.
Mr Daley said since Strike Force Raptor was formed in March to crack down on illegal bikie gang activity, there had been 400 arrests and 800 charges laid.
The strike force was established days after a fatal bikie brawl at Sydney airport between members of the Comancheros and Hells Angels.
Mr Daley said police had since seized firearms, motorcycles, cars, cash, drugs, drug manufacturing equipment and had also dismantled large-scale drug manufacturing and distribution networks.
"Each day police from local area commands are targeting bikies with simple but effective measures, routine firearms inspections, premises inspections, traffic stops, bail compliance checks, they’re driving them crazy," Mr Daley told NSW Parliament on Tuesday.
But Mr Daley said he was concerned about a police raid at the Bandidos clubhouse in Petersham, in Sydney’s inner-west, on Saturday after drunk children as young as 13 were seen leaving the venue.
Alcohol and cigarettes were seized in the raid, as well cash and a 30cm hunting knife, police said.
"It’s pretty clear what the marketing strategy here is – kids, come and get your smokes and drinks from us now, come back in a few years time for your ecstasy and methamphetamine," Mr Daley said.
"It won’t be tolerated and police will jump on top of it, we all hold that sort of behaviour in contempt."
[hr]

http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2009/09/25/2696320.htm?section=justin

Bikie control order laws ruled invalid

Posted Fri Sep 25, 2009 10:51am AEST
Updated Fri Sep 25, 2009 4:22pm AEST
Challenge: court rules part of anti-bikie laws invalid (ABC News)

* Video: SA Govt’s bid to crack down on bikie gangs has been ruled invalid (ABC News)
* Audio: SA Attorney-General Michael Atkinson reacts to a legal setback on bikie laws. (ABC News)
* Audio: Bikies enjoy legal win over government (The World Today)
* Related Story: NSW ‘not affected’ by bikie law decision
* Related Story: Finks free of control orders for now
* Related Story: SA police granted first Finks control order
* Related Story: Finks laws ‘will drive bikers underground’
* Related Story: Finks gang made illegal in SA

The Finks Motorcycle Club has struck a major blow against new laws in South Australia aimed at targeting organised crime.
The laws allow for control orders against recognised members of motorcycle clubs, to prevent them from associating with each another.
Lawyers for the Finks challenged the legislation in the South Australian Supreme Court.
The club was the first targeted under the SA legislation and the lawyers argued the orders were unconstitutional because magistrates were given no choice but to impose them.
The Supreme Court has ruled in a majority decision that part of the legislation governing control orders is invalid.
A lawyer representing Finks members, Craig Caldicott, says they have been vindicated by the judgment.
"We’ve said from day one that section 14 of the Serious and Organised Crime Act is invalid, it’s draconian and it’s just basically un-Australian," he said.
"It means that once more the civil liberties have triumphed to a certain extent."
Motorcycle club member Shaun McGrath says the ruling was correct, as the legislation eroded civil rights.
"We’re pretty excited that this ruling has been coming down, this law was ethically and morally wrong, just plain bad," he said.
"Civil rights does have a leg to stand on in South Australia."
Next move

The SA Government says it is seeking urgent legal advice after the court decision, but the ruling affects only one part of the legislation.
Mr Caldicott will be waiting to see what the Government next move will be.
"They’ll probably try and rush through legislation to try and fix it or they’ll try to appeal it to the High Court certainly, because they won’t like the decision and this Government’s been very quick to react to anything they don’t like," he said.
The Opposition Leader, Isobel Redmond, says the legislation was rushed through Parliament by a sloppy Government.
"I think what we have here is an incompetent and sloppy Attorney-General who has been ineffectual, and has yet again cost the citizens of this state money, with no improvement in the safety for our citizens," she said.
SA Attorney-General Michael Atkinson says the Government is considering amending the legislation or mounting a High Court challenge.
"As a Government we are willing to test the constitutional boundaries in order to take the fight to the outlaw motorcycle gangs," he said.
"So we don’t feel the least embarrassed or regretful that we took the fight up to the gangs to the very limit."
In light of the judgment, Adelaide Magistrates Court has dismissed seven control orders made against Finks members under the legislation and three other applications for orders.
The court has also ruled the Government should pay costs for the bikies’ lawyers.
South Australia was the first state to impose tougher laws aimed at outlaw bikie gangs and other states have made similar moves since
[hr]

http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2009/09/26/2697305.htm?section=justin

Lawyers back decision on ‘un-Australian’ anti-bikie laws

Posted 26/09/2009
Anthony Kerin says the control orders take away basic human rights. (ABC News)

* Map: Adelaide 5000
* Related Story: Bikie arrested after visiting co-accused in jail
* Related Story: ‘Nabbed’ Finks member faces court
* Related Story: DPP to appeal over Finks bail
* Related Story: Bikie control order laws ruled invalid
* Related Link: Read more articles about outlaw motorcycle clubs

The Australian Lawyers Alliance has described yesterday’s Supreme Court ruling on anti-bikie laws as a win for common sense.
The laws allow for control orders against recognised members of motorcycle clubs, to prevent them from associating with each another.
Lawyers for the Finks Motorcycle Club challenged the legislation in the South Australian Supreme Court.
The club was the first targeted under the SA legislation and the lawyers argued the orders were unconstitutional because magistrates were given no choice but to impose them.
The Supreme Court yesterday ruled in a majority decision that part of the legislation governing control orders is invalid.
The South Australian Government is considering whether to appeal to the High Court, or amend the legislation.
The South Australian president of the alliance, Anthony Kerin, says the control orders take away basic human rights – the freedom of association.
"I think that the law had elements to it which were essentially un-Australian and inappropriate and whether it was rushed or otherwise, there was a failure to fully consider its implications," he said.
Mr Kerin says the Government can take whatever avenue it likes.
"That’s their right, and indeed the democracy in which we live, that’s a good thing," he said.
"And indeed one of the provisions that was lacking in the bill was the right to review decisions, so they can do that, and we’ll see what happens."
[hr]

http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2009/09/28/2698203.htm?section=justin

Special advocate for bikies an option: SA Govt

Posted 28/09/2009
Special advocate for bikies an option, says Attorney-General

* Video: SA Govt’s bid to crack down on bikie gangs has been ruled invalid (ABC News)

Attorney-General Michael Atkinson says the South Australian Government will consider appointing a special advocate to represent bikie gangs in court.
He says it is an option being considered to revive SA’s anti-gang laws after part of the legislation was ruled invalid by the Supreme Court last week.
It ruled invalid the control orders used to stop members of bikie gangs from associating with one another.
Mr Atkinson says a specially-appointed lawyer for the gangs could work as a go-between.
"The special advocate would have access to the criminal intelligence, but he is a person we could trust not to give the gangs the detail of individuals who’d supplied information to police so that they would be protected," he said.
The lawyer who represented the Finks Motorcycle Club in the Supreme Court, Craig Caldicott, says a special advocate for bikies would undermine the justice system.
"What the Attorney’s saying [is] ‘Well we’ll appoint someone independent, give them all the information’, that person – not acting as a lawyer for the bikies, but as acting as a lawyer for the government – goes and talks to the bikies and says ‘Boys it’s alright, this is fine, you don’t have to worry about any of this stuff, it’s terrific’."
[hr]

http://news.smh.com.au/breaking-news-national/arrest-sparks-fears-of-new-wa-bikie-war-20091018-h2ps.html

Arrest sparks fears of new WA bikie war

October 18, 2009 – 5:49PM
AAP
A Perth man with connections to the Finks motorcycle gang has been arrested over a shooting incident amid reports a new bikie war may be about to break out in Western Australia.
Police said they arrested the 28-year-old man, who was understood to be a Finks gang nominee, after shots were fired in a street in the northern Perth suburb of Landsdale early on Saturday.
They found "a number of items of interest" in his car when they pulled him over in suburban Balga on Saturday night, and detained him as a person of interest in the shooting.
The Finks have their headquarters in Balga and the gang "nominee" is understood to be a provisional member of the club.
But a police spokesman said Saturday morning’s incident was an "isolated" dispute over money and police did not believe it was related to any other recent shootings in Perth or gang-related matters.
The Belmont man was charged with illegal possession of firearms and other offences including discharging a firearm to cause fear and going armed in a manner likely to cause fear.
Police said they were investigating reports that a second man was travelling in a car with the arrested man at the time of the shooting incident.
The West Australian newspaper reported on Saturday that police were bracing for a new bikie war after the Finks Motorcycle Club recruited former Coffin Cheater Troy Mercanti.
Mercanti, 42, who was beaten by gang members and expelled from the Coffin Cheaters last year, is currently serving a 28-month sentence for causing grievous bodily harm but could be out on parole as early as next year.
The West Australian reported a senior member of the Finks as saying Mercanti had been accepted as a nominee, paving the way for him to become a "fully patched" member when he is released from jail.
The Finks member, a NSW man who refers to himself only as "Ferret", could ride with up to 160 Finks who are expected to arrive in WA this week as part of a national "run".
The West Australian said Mercanti’s recruitment by the gang was being seen as a signal to the Coffin Cheaters that the Finks intend to establish a strong presence in WA.

© 2009 AAP
[hr]

http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2009/10/21/2720228.htm?section=justin

Anti-bikie laws debated in NT Parliament

By Melinda James
Posted 21/10/2009

Some of the bikie gangs in Australia: Bandidos, Hells Angels, Comancheros, Rebels and Gypsy Jokers. (AAP/Reuters)

The Northern Territory Parliament is debating laws that will make it illegal for members of criminal groups to associate with one another.
The Government says the bill is designed to disrupt the criminal activities of bikie gangs.
The Serious Crime Control Bill makes it an offence for members of a declared organisation to associate with one another.
The Opposition supports the Bill but the Shadow Attorney-General, Jodeen Carney, said the law is far from perfect and she would be surprised if it did not face a legal challenge before it is reviewed in four years’ time.
The independent Member for Nelson, Gerry Wood, also supports the Bill but said it erodes a fundamental right and any future amendments need to be made with caution.
The Police Minister, Paul Henderson, says he has every confidence police will not abuse their new powers.
A similar South Australian bill was recently deemed to be unconstitutional by the Supreme Court but the Territory Government says its legal advice is that the new laws are sound.
[hr]

[b][center]a small victory![/center][/b]

http://www.news.com.au/adelaidenow/story/0,22606,26123052-5006301,00.html

SA Full Court declares Rann’s bikie control orders illegal

Article from:
ANDREW DOWDELL, ADELAIDENOW REPORTER
September 25, 2009 11:35am

SOUTH Australia’s highest court has rejected the Rann Government’s bikie laws, ruling they take away the "fundamental proposition" of an accused person’s right to a fair trial.
The Full Court of the Supreme Court yesterday ruled by majority that control orders placed upon members of the Finks Motorcycle Club were "void", in what lawyers and some politicians have labelled a victory for civil rights.
Justices David Bleby and Trish Kelly ruled as invalid a section of the Serious and Organised Crime Act which allowed magistrates to issue control orders against gang members at the instigation of the Police Commissioner.
Under the laws, gang members were not given the opportunity to appear in court when orders were sought.
Justice Bleby found it was a "fundamental proposition" of law that accused people should be informed of the case against them and be given "an opportunity to answer that case".
"A court . . . which is required by statute not to observe that fundamental rule of law . . . will inevitably be acting in a manner incompatible with the proper discharge of judicial responsibilities," Justice Bleby stated.
The laws also "severely impaired or undermined" the court’s integrity.
Full ruling: Read the judgment here
Under the laws, anyone issued with a control order faced a maximum five-year prison sentence if they associated more than six times a year with fellow club members or others nominated by the Police Commissioner.
The court ruling means that control orders issued against alleged Finks southern chapter member Donald Hudson and other gang members were deemed void.
Mr Hudson’s lawyer, Craig Caldicott, said the ruling was a victory for the "little guy".
"I think it’s a great judgment for my clients; we have been vindicated," he said. "We have said from day one that section 14 of the Serious and Organised Crime Act is invalid, it’s draconian and it’s basically un-Australian."
However, Attorney-General Michael Atkinson remained unbowed by the landmark ruling, declaring it a "minor setback" in the Rann Government’s ongoing war against outlaw motorcycle gangs.
"As a government we were always aware of the vulnerability of our legislation, because as a government we are willing to test the constitutional boundaries and are willing to take the fight to the outlaw motorcycle gangs," Mr Atkinson said.
He said the Government would either amend the legislation in the next sitting of Parliament or issue an appeal in the High Court of Australia.
Mr Atkinson said police could still apply for control orders by providing evidence of criminal activity to the courts, but conceded the burden of proof police needed to obtain such orders would now be much higher.
"This judgment gives us an opportunity to pause, to look at the legislation and to meet the objections that Justice Bleby makes to the legislation, and the fight will go on," he said.
Opposition leader Isobel Redmond said the ruling showed the anti-bikie legislation had been "rushed through Parliament by an arrogant, impatient and sloppy Government".
"Mike Rann and his ministers should hang their heads in shame – their sloppy work has allowed bikie gang members to thumb their noses at the law and return to their criminal activities with inflated confidence," Ms Redmond said.
The United Motorcycle Council of South Australia, the Democrats and civil libertarians welcomed yesterday’s judgment as a victory for human rights.
"This was a disgraceful attempt by the Government and police to trample longstanding legal and civil rights of all citizens," UMCSA spokesman Mac Hayes said.
The West Australian Government, which is also introducing similar laws, said the ruling would not stop it from going ahead with its legislation.
[hr]

http://www.news.com.au/adelaidenow/story/0,22606,26205218-5006301,00.html

Anti-bikie laws ‘offend natural justice’

Article from:
October 13, 2009 05:21pm

SOUTH Australia’s secretive and controversial anti-bikie legislation "offends the rules of natural justice" , an independent review has found.
The report, conducted by retired Youth Court chief judge Alan Moss, was ordered following the Finks motorcycle club becoming a "declared" organisation in May and must be conducted as part of the legislation.
Tabled in Parliament today, the review found the "unashamedly tough" laws had a "built-in bias" against the accused.
"Obviously the situation offends the rules of natural justice, which require that a person be informed of the allegations against him and have the opportunity to refute those allegations," Mr Moss wrote.
"This built-in bias is inherent in the construct of the Act and cannot be avoided."
Despite the criticism, Mr Moss concluded Attorney-General Michael Atkinson had acted fairly in his declaration of the gang.
During the review he was given access to criminal histories of gang members which are withheld from the public.
"It cannot be ignored that senior members of the Government, including the Attorney-General, have been strongly condemnatory of outlaw motorcycle gangs," Mr Moss wrote.
"I consider that that conclusion (to declare the Finks illegal) was open to him upon the material which was properly before him.
"I essentially undertook the same process and would have reached the same conclusion.
"The Attorney General sought, within the limitations of the act … to provide procedural fairness to the asserted members of the Finks."
Last month the Supreme Court ruled parts of the laws invalid and voided six control orders against Finks members.
The State Government will now take the case to the High Court.
[hr]

Anti-bikie laws likened to anti-communist law

http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2010/06/18/2930727.htm?section=justin

Anti-bikie laws likened to anti-communist law

Posted Fri Jun 18, 2010 12:32pm AEST
South Australia’s anti-bikie legislation has been compared with post-World War 2 anti-communism laws in the United States during a High Court hearing in Canberra.
The SA Government wants the High Court to rule that laws outlawing bikie gangs and allowing controls on gang members are valid.
It has the backing of the Commonwealth and five other states and territories.
Lawyers for the Finks Motorcycle Club argue the legislation is unconstitutional because it gives magistrates no choice but to impose control orders on proven club members.
One of the seven judges hearing the case, Justice Kenneth Hayne, said membership, affiliation and association were difficult concepts to deal with, as seen in post-World War 2 court cases in the US relating to Communist Party membership.
A judgment in the case is not expected before September.
[hr]

Bikies take anti-gang law protest to parliament

http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2010/06/23/2934836.htm?section=justin

Bikies take anti-gang law protest to parliament

Posted 49 minutes ago
Club members say the laws were rushed through. (ABC News: Matthew Lane)

* Map: Sydney 2000

Representatives from New South Wales motorcycle clubs are at Parliament house in Sydney today to challenge the state’s bikie laws.
They gathered outside the parliament with their Harley Davidsons lining Maquarie Street.
The group wants to present a letter to the Attorney-General John Hatzistergos that calls for amendments made to the Crimes Act last year to be publicly debated.
Under the changes a Supreme Court judge can declare a group a criminal organisation – meaning members could be prosecuted for associating with one another.
The law was brought in after the fatal bashing of Anthony Zervas at Sydney Airport but so far it has not been used.
Chairman of the United Motorcycle Council, Mark Maloney says it was rushed through.
"We’ve talked to politicians privately," he said.
"Off the record they’ve said, had they known what the anti-association law contained, they would not have voted for it."
The bikies say they will try to attend question time today.

Bikie Clubs Dismantled For Martial Law

what is happening to the bikie’s i used to know? part 1 of 2

Here is the link outlining the new laws regarding the dismantling of motorcycle gangs.
http://www.theaustralian.news.com.au/story/0,25197,25259061-5006784,00.html

Even banning Bikers from Venues and Pubs (Bars)
http://www.theaustralian.news.com.au/story/0,25197,25653102-2702,00.html

PROPOSED laws in NSW will put the power to ban bikie gangs in the hands of a Supreme Court judge, Attorney-General John Hatzistergos says.
Mr Hatzistergos and NSW Premier Nathan Rees on Sunday outlined tough new legislation calling for jail terms of two to five years for bikie gang members caught associating with one another after the gang is banned.

Mr Hatzistergos said a NSW Supreme Court judge would decide whether a bikie group should be banned after an application from the police commissioner.

“The judge will be the one who will make the orders, and those orders will be both in relation to the group and the individuals,” he told reporters.

Mr Hatzistergos said the NSW approach would differ in several ways from the strategy adopted in South Australia’s anti-bikie legislation.

“In South Australia the orders are different – the order is only made in relation to the group by the attorney-general, but individuals who then constitute the offence have to be the subject of an order by a magistrate.”

Bikies who continued to associate with each other would be given no warning before charges were laid, he said.

“We’re not proposing to have a system of warning like they have in South Australia,” he said.

Australian Federal Police Commissioner Mick Keelty said the proposed laws were “very appropriate”, noting that NSW had a particular problem with bikie gangs because half of the nation’s 40 outlawed groups reside in the state.

NSW Opposition Leader Barry O’Farrell welcomed the laws, saying it was time to stop “pussyfooting around”.

He said the move could finally give the police the tough powers needed to smash outlaw motorcycle gangs and put an end to them.

“With parliament about to take a break until May, it’s important it deal with any legislation this week so that police have the powers needed to shut down the criminal bikie gangs and their activities,” he said.

“We have to stop pussyfooting around.

“The violent and criminal activities of these outlaw motorcycle gangs requires a strong response which is what the Liberal/Nationals have been urging for weeks.”

The new laws have been proposed following last Sunday’s fatal brawl between the Hells Angels and rival gang the Comancheros at Sydney Airport.

Police on Friday officially launched Strike Force Raptor, aimed at eliminating bikie warfare and related criminal activity.

On Saturday night, officers searched 25 people and four cars as part of the operation.
Police arrested and charged two people and issued eight move-on notices after carrying out searches and patrolling 11 bars in Kings Cross and Parramatta.


‘Phone In A Bikie’ Campaign
http://www.themotorreport.com.au/34926/p….in-wa-tomorrow/
* Jun 22nd, 2009
* by
Mike Stevens
* Print
* 3 comments
* Bookmark and Share
* Comment

west-aus-bikies

THE WESTERN AUSTRALIA GOVERNMENT will tomorrow launch its ‘Phone in a Bikie’ campaign, which urges the public to inform police of suspect activities by known members of outlaw motorcycle gangs.

WA Police Minister Rob Johnson and Specialist Crime Assistant Commissioner Wayne Gregson said the campaign, which will be run over print and radio advertising, will lead to improved information and intelligence holdings.

“The reason why we’ve launched this initiative is to allow members of the community to give us feedback about what they know the bikies are up to,” Mr Gregson said.

“Now they’re in a position to tell us where they work, what businesses they are involved in, where they are drinking, with whom they are associating and they can give us this information anonymously through Crime Stoppers.

Mr Gregson justified the campaign – which has already gained the nickname ‘dob in a bikie’ – based on the fact that Western Australia has 260 patched bikie members (members wearing ‘gang’ logos on their jackets) with 17 clubhouses, making it difficult for police to monitor gang activities efficiently.

The campaign has met opposition from special interests groups, however, with Damien Codognotto of the Independent Riders’ Group in Melbourne declaring the move ‘un-Australian’, describing it as a system easily abused.

The dob in a bikie scheme incites hatred in the wider community and is open to abuse. Most non-riders can’t tell the difference between a 250 Honda and 1200 BMW. Some will inform on anyone wearing a bike style jacket out of spite or paranoia, Mr Codognotto said.

Hatred of motorcycle & scooter riders on-road can become road rage with deadly effect. It is negative to road safety and utterly irresponsible. Responsible authorities should encourage the safe use of environmentally-friendly transport.

Police estimates indicate that of the more than one million registered motorcyclists in Australia, less than 5000 are regarded as ‘bikie’ gang members.


http://www.news.com.au/perthnow/story/0,21598,25600230-2761,00.html
June 07, 2009 12:00pm

POLICE are urging the public to start taking note of who bikies drink with at pubs and to take down their associates’ registrations.
Specialist crime assistant commissioner Wayne Gregson and WA Police Minister Rob Johnson launched a $50,000 initiative aimed at boosting police intelligence efforts today.

A print and radio advertising campaign encouraging the public to “phone in a bikie” would be used rather than the words “dob-in”, which Mr Gregson said market research showed was “un-Australian”.

“The reason why we’ve launched this initiative is to allow members of the community to give us feedback about what they know the bikies are up to,” Mr Gregson said.

“Now they’re in a position to tell us where they work, what businesses they are involved in, where they are drinking, with whom they are associating and they can give us this information anonymously through Crime Stoppers.

“We think it will supplement our information and our intelligence holdings.”

WA has 260 patched bikie members with 17 clubhouses and police could not be everywhere all the time, Mr Gregson said.

Mr Johnson said he was examining legislation in South Australia and other states, in conjunction with the state’s Attorney-General, to see if further laws were needed in WA.

The phone-in-a-bikie day would be held on June 23, but the public could start calling police anytime, Mr Gregson said.


http://www.watoday.com.au/wa-news/public….90607-bzlp.html
Public called on to report bikie activities
June 7, 2009

The West Australian public have been called on to dob in bikies and their associates to boost police intelligence efforts.

Specialist crime assistant commissioner Wayne Gregson and WA Police Minister Rob Johnson launched a $50,000 advertising campaign on Sunday.

The print and radio advertising campaign encouraged the public to “phone in a bikie” on June 23.

The words “phone in” would be used rather than the words “dob in”, which Mr Gregson said market research showed was “un-Australian”.

The public could start calling police anytime before June 23, Mr Gregson said.

“The reason why we’ve launched this initiative is to allow members of the community to give us feedback about what they know the bikies are up to,” Mr Gregson said.

“Now they’re in a position to tell us where they work, what businesses they are involved in, where they are drinking, with whom they are associating and they can give us this information anonymously through Crime Stoppers.

“We think it will supplement our information and our intelligence holdings.”

WA has 260 patched bikie members with 17 clubhouses and police could not be everywhere all the time, Mr Gregson said.

Police often received information about bikie activity after events but wanted to be more pro-active, he said.

Operation Juniper, a dedicated taskforce targeting bikie gang members had seen 900 people charged with nearly 2,000 offences in 18 months.

Mr Gregson brushed off suggestions the phone-in was a desperate act by police.

Last month four men, including former Gypsy Jokers president Lennard Kirby and gang “associate” Alexandro Scilio, were shot in a southern Perth suburb, in an alleged dispute over drugs.

Mr Gregson announced on Friday, nearly three weeks after the shootout, six men had been charged in WA over the incident.

Northern Territory police on Friday arrested a 30-year-old man in relation to the incident, after tracking him there.


so what does all this mean?

well if you are to look into the bikie history here in australia,, you will see that they are well known for being one of the BIGGEST anti-nwo groups.

aint it strange they are pushing for them to be all locked up

seems to fall into the time line of a impending martial law.


$20K fine or jail if an irrigator takes more water than he is entitled to, from the Murray River…twenty grand. KBR Halliburton takes as much as they want, to sell to urban water users.

This must be the only vote in the country that wouldnt be a vote for the status quo, and aptly named…

http://www.freeaustralia.org/

And they know who is taking over the water supplies also. They show the Murray Lower Lakes on their homepage, its not a coincidence



Because they are not sheeple. The crown knows that they know what the crown is. Eliminate the competiton, its that simple. Thats how the crown, and its stakeholders, roll.

And also consider what i said in an earlier post on this thread…this is about the bikies, but it isnt at the same time…to explain…these laws can be applied to ANY organisation, if the government puts a sucessful control order on that organisation.

They are using the bikies to create these laws because
a) Of course break up the bikies network…and

b) Its a great excuse to create draconian laws that have much further reaching implications, classic Problem – Reaction Solution as David Icke talks about.

These so called ‘bikie’ laws can be applied to all of us. The website explains further if one takes a look around…

http://www.freeaustralia.org/


http://www.adelaidenow.com.au/news/prote….c-1225706157667
there is a news video interview on the website

Interstate bikies vow to return to protest new laws
Article from: The Advertiser

* Font size: Decrease Increase
* Email article: Email
* Print article: Print
* Submit comment: Submit comment

BEN HARVEY and MILES KEMP

May 02, 2009 08:45pm

INTERSTATE bikies who descended on Adelaide yesterday to protest against anti-association laws have vowed to return until the laws are repealed.

Sydney based national president of the Rebels Motorcycle Club Alex Vella told The Advertiser interstate bikies would join locals in South Australia again to make their point.

“This is what we will do, if we have to we will protest on Parliament again and again until they listen,” he said.

Mr Vella said the bikies were protesting on behalf of all groups, such as trade unions, who were threatened by the Serious and Organised Crime Control Act.

The Act was past last year and bans members being together when any organisation such as a bikie gang is declared illegal.

“There is criminality in the police force and in the churches and in school teaching but do they sack every school teacher and police because of a few people? No,” he said.

The protest was attended by 300 members of the Rebels, Hells Angels, Finks, Descendants, Gypsy Jokers, Red Devils, Christian Longriders and Vietnam Veterans club and finished with a rally at Parliament House at 2pm.

The only politician to brave the crowd was Democrats MLC David Winderlich, who told the bikies he did not support criminal elements in their clubs but did back their right to protest and petition Parliament. Mr Winderlich said his two daughters had moved him to defy political advice not to associate with the protest “because it was the right thing to do”.

“I don’t think it is fair for any group to be seen as wrong or evil simply because there are elements in that group which are,” he said.

The bikies were also welcomed by Colac Hotel publican Mick Plesa, who provided a $2 sausage sizzle and beer for the crowd, despite the stance of his landlord, the ALP.

“It is just a great business opportunity and who gives a f… what the State Government thinks? It is nothing to do with them,” he said.

Despite the prospect of hundreds of bikies repeatedly returning to SA because of the laws, Premier Mike Rann was defiant yesterday, saying they had “fat chance” he would change his mind.

“When we are dealing with criminal bikie gangs we are talking about drug dealers on wheels and we are not going to bend or break because of some sort of protest,” he said.

Tomorrow the Rebels will head to Victor Harbour while other gangs will head to Wellington.


http://justin-coy.blogspot.com/2009/04/a….aw-outlaws.html
Monday, April 13, 2009
AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT TO OUTLAW OUTLAWS
“We are modern day heroes, like Ned Kelly. Mr. Average would be happy being told by the government what to think, when to drink, when to fuck. That’s not us. We are the last free people in society.”

Hell’s Angel
From Arthur Veno’s: The BROTHERHOODS: Inside the Outlaw Motorcycle Clubs

This is my ride; I don’t belong to a club, I know nothin’ and I know no one. I just like mean lookin’ bikes that shake the fuckin’ ground. I’d probably slot into the category of a lone rider; one who rides alone cause I hate ANY and ALL rules; basically, I ain’t the right temperament for a club and I’d probably get my head kicked in in 5 minutes. But I respect ALL clubs for one reason – we love bikes. For this reason, as a “lone rider”, I speak for no one but me.

I’ve been watching this media frenzy on so-called ‘bikies’ cause a couple stepped over the line. But why does the media give a fuck? I’ll tell you why they give a fuck – because they KNOW people love this shit – SIMPLE; and I gotta speak up.

1% ers: Origin of

Do you non-bikers know what a 1 percenter is a.k.a 1%er? In 1947, San Francisco, a bunch of WWII vets joined a rally organised by the American Motorcycle Association (AMA), as many realised they didn’t slot back into society (what’s changed for vets) – essentially, many vets and their bikes represented that “MATESHIP” that the world that didn’t go to war couldn’t understand. Among the estimated 2,500 AMA affiliated riders, there were approx. 500 from patch clubs – patches the riders wore proclaiming their allegiance to their small club. Anyway, to cut a long story short, a lotta guys, a lotta bikes, a lotta testosterone and a lotta piss, after WWII, some get too excited and some shit breaks out; as it will in these conditions.

After the event and media attention, the AMA president issued a press release, presumably to defend the good name of motorcyclists, describing the motorcycling community as being comprised of 99 percent law abiding citizens and 1 percent outlaws. This 1 percent is often referred to as patch clubs.

(For full account; See Veno: The Brotherhoods, Ch. II: 1% of History, pp. 27-29)

Now you know the basic history of patch clubs and the 1%er patch – these are the outlaws and I have nothin’ but respect for ‘em. Why? Cause they don’t bother you unless you bother them; they back their mates in any situation and if there’s a problem, you’ll know about it face to face in no uncertain terms. This is good ol’ primal and tribal mateship; the best kind!

So what! some get up to no good sometimes, but who the fuck doesn’t? When was the last time you had 10 bikes role up on your doorstep for no reason? It’s really quite simple: if you don’t fuck with them, then you’re invisible to ‘em.

Now, again, because of less than 1% of the 1%ers have gone too far according to the LAW, breaking one of the golden rules of club politics, then they deserve to be treated within the bounds of the LAW. So what the fuck are the government trying to OUTLAW the OUTLAWS for? The government wants to make it illegal for clubs to operate under ANTI-BIKER LAWS. As I said, I’m a lone rider, but I will stand united with EVERY fucking club if the time comes to shove.

This is my take; like it or not. By definition, the Catholic Church should be outlawed on the basis that there is within its ranks a paedophile network, but this is defined as a few bad apples within the ranks. Yet, these child-raping sadists get all the protection in the world by the same motherfuckers who want to introduce ANTI BIKER LAWS, who, generally only turn on others of different colours for reasons which are none of yours or my business. Why don’t politicians do something to outlaw paedophile rings?

READ THIS AND WORK OUT WHERE THE BIGGER THREAT FOR YOUR KIDS IS: WARNING: IF YOU’RE UNDER 18; FUCK OFF. GRAPHIC, BUT THE REAL WORLD!

NO; I’m not saying what’s goin’ on in Sydney is good or these guys are doing themselves any favours, but the shit that’s goin’ down should be dealt with within the framework of the existing criminal code. No outlawing, no special legislation – the law is already in place if someone is stupid enough to bust someone up in broad daylight with 100 cameras looking on. But then again, what happened after 9-11? The poor Iraqi civilians copped fucking bombs and still do because the worst criminals in the world – politicians – invented the fucking evidence! On this basis, politicians should be outlawed ’cause the vast majority are on “the take”. You know it, I know it, they know it, everyone fucking knows it!

We cop a lot from these politicians, which represent US (allegedly), but this is crossing a line. If they take out the bikies, then no one is safe. DO YOU FUCKING GET IT! What’s that line from AVP about a gun:

I’d rather have bikies and not need ‘em than not have bikies and need ‘em.

Posted by JustinCoy at 5:24 AM


http://inmycommunity.com.au/news-and-vie….-calls/7528952/
Police hail bikie phone-in a success with 300 calls

24/Jun/2009

Comments:

WITH almost 300 phone calls received from the public, police have declared yesterday’s phone-in-a-bikie operation a success.
Police Assistant Commissioner Wayne Gregson said police had received valuable information through Crime Stoppers that would help in combating the organised crime activities of outlaw motorcycle gangs.

“I want to thank the public for their assistance,” he said.

The information will be assessed within the context of other intelligence held by the police.

Mr Gregson said callers to Crime Stoppers would remain completely anonymous.

“I want to remind the public they can contact Crime Stoppers at any time about bikies or other criminal activity,” he said.


some quates that i found on this site

http://www.news.com.au/perthnow/comments/0,21590,25600230-2761,00.html
well said judge & jury, there are a lot of wanna be’s if they could be’s on here who feed straight off the media hysterics. 99% of the population have a friend , work collegue, local tradie etc who are bikies. They don’t have “bikie” tattooed on their foreheads so you wouldn’t know.They are just the friendly neighbour etc. A lot of their bikes are even kept at the club house and when they ride as a group the cops know exactly who they are, where they’re going etc.The only reason they want your info is to build a fear from the public. The cops tap their phones and the phones of their famlies and friends, they follow them all the time.The cops already know what colour underpants the guys are wearing,so there is nothing joe public could tell them that they don’t already know.all great dictatorships begin with a divide and conquer mentality.Divide the public and vett them against each other , bring down anybody or group that may defend democracy ,with fear and inuendo, and walk over the remainder. Are YOU one of the remainder???????

Posted by: f50burbs of sor 12:43am June 10, 2009
Comment 145 of 148

JJ of HH stop calling them Drug Dealers, they are not only one or two have ever been charged with intent to sell and that had nothing to do with the clubs they were involved in. How do you know what goes on behind closed doors, you have no idea. You are simply feeding of the bulls**t fed to you. The people commenting on this site have most likely had dealings with them and can speak from experience and knowledge. Most club members have families and do not touch drugs, heavy drug use is not even tolerated in a lot of clubs. As far as all the loot they are bagging, what a joke, we know members of 3 different clubs and all members have jobs, some on minesites up north, some run their own businesses (all above board) and others are tradesmen and they all work damn hard to earn their money. We are not members, and not what you would call associates just individuals who have got to know them througout our lives and treat them the same as any other person you would meet in social situations, we don’t offer them any more respect that our other friends. As far as your gang wars, all 3 of those clubs were at an event together and got along fine. I think maybe you are the one with a little bit of Bikie Envy going on…. can’t be one so you despise them – pull your head out of your a** and don’t pass judgement on something you know nothing about.

Posted by: Judge and Jury of 12:14pm June 09, 2009
Comment 143 of 148

Dob in a Bikie That makes me laugh,What are the Police going to do? If they are sooooo worried about the Bikies. What about Some of these poeple that cause cr*p everyday But the Police are not interested,Instead of dob in a bikie day,What about Dob In an Ass**le Day Im sure that would work.

Posted by: Oh Dear of WA 7:50pm June 08, 2009
Comment 139 of 148

Lets see now, Kevin Rudd was an ex-diplomat for Australia posted in China (A communist country with an appaling record for human rights). We now have a Labour Govt in every State and in control of the Federal parliament as well. Welcome to the new order. How long before the tanks start rolling in??

Posted by: Sparks of East Germany 7:23pm June 08, 2009
Comment 138 of 148


http://news.smh.com.au/breaking-news-nat….90922-g0a0.html
Police crackdown driving bikies ‘crazy’

September 22, 2009 – 5:24PM
NSW Police are driving bikies “crazy” in an ongoing crackdown, which has so far resulted in 400 arrests, Police Minister Michael Daley says.
Mr Daley said since Strike Force Raptor was formed in March to crack down on illegal bikie gang activity, there had been 400 arrests and 800 charges laid.
The strike force was established days after a fatal bikie brawl at Sydney airport between members of the Comancheros and Hells Angels.
Mr Daley said police had since seized firearms, motorcycles, cars, cash, drugs, drug manufacturing equipment and had also dismantled large-scale drug manufacturing and distribution networks.
“Each day police from local area commands are targeting bikies with simple but effective measures, routine firearms inspections, premises inspections, traffic stops, bail compliance checks, they’re driving them crazy,” Mr Daley told NSW Parliament on Tuesday.
But Mr Daley said he was concerned about a police raid at the Bandidos clubhouse in Petersham, in Sydney’s inner-west, on Saturday after drunk children as young as 13 were seen leaving the venue.
Alcohol and cigarettes were seized in the raid, as well cash and a 30cm hunting knife, police said.
“It’s pretty clear what the marketing strategy here is – kids, come and get your smokes and drinks from us now, come back in a few years time for your ecstasy and methamphetamine,” Mr Daley said.
“It won’t be tolerated and police will jump on top of it, we all hold that sort of behaviour in contempt.”


http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2009/09/25/2696320.htm?section=justin
Bikie control order laws ruled invalid

Posted Fri Sep 25, 2009 10:51am AEST
Updated Fri Sep 25, 2009 4:22pm AEST
Challenge: court rules part of anti-bikie laws invalid (ABC News)

* Video: SA Govt’s bid to crack down on bikie gangs has been ruled invalid (ABC News)
* Audio: SA Attorney-General Michael Atkinson reacts to a legal setback on bikie laws. (ABC News)
* Audio: Bikies enjoy legal win over government (The World Today)
* Related Story: NSW ‘not affected’ by bikie law decision
* Related Story: Finks free of control orders for now
* Related Story: SA police granted first Finks control order
* Related Story: Finks laws ‘will drive bikers underground’
* Related Story: Finks gang made illegal in SA

The Finks Motorcycle Club has struck a major blow against new laws in South Australia aimed at targeting organised crime.
The laws allow for control orders against recognised members of motorcycle clubs, to prevent them from associating with each another.
Lawyers for the Finks challenged the legislation in the South Australian Supreme Court.
The club was the first targeted under the SA legislation and the lawyers argued the orders were unconstitutional because magistrates were given no choice but to impose them.
The Supreme Court has ruled in a majority decision that part of the legislation governing control orders is invalid.
A lawyer representing Finks members, Craig Caldicott, says they have been vindicated by the judgment.
“We’ve said from day one that section 14 of the Serious and Organised Crime Act is invalid, it’s draconian and it’s just basically un-Australian,” he said.
“It means that once more the civil liberties have triumphed to a certain extent.”
Motorcycle club member Shaun McGrath says the ruling was correct, as the legislation eroded civil rights.
“We’re pretty excited that this ruling has been coming down, this law was ethically and morally wrong, just plain bad,” he said.
“Civil rights does have a leg to stand on in South Australia.”
Next move

The SA Government says it is seeking urgent legal advice after the court decision, but the ruling affects only one part of the legislation.
Mr Caldicott will be waiting to see what the Government next move will be.
“They’ll probably try and rush through legislation to try and fix it or they’ll try to appeal it to the High Court certainly, because they won’t like the decision and this Government’s been very quick to react to anything they don’t like,” he said.
The Opposition Leader, Isobel Redmond, says the legislation was rushed through Parliament by a sloppy Government.
“I think what we have here is an incompetent and sloppy Attorney-General who has been ineffectual, and has yet again cost the citizens of this state money, with no improvement in the safety for our citizens,” she said.
SA Attorney-General Michael Atkinson says the Government is considering amending the legislation or mounting a High Court challenge.
“As a Government we are willing to test the constitutional boundaries in order to take the fight to the outlaw motorcycle gangs,” he said.
“So we don’t feel the least embarrassed or regretful that we took the fight up to the gangs to the very limit.”
In light of the judgment, Adelaide Magistrates Court has dismissed seven control orders made against Finks members under the legislation and three other applications for orders.
The court has also ruled the Government should pay costs for the bikies’ lawyers.
South Australia was the first state to impose tougher laws aimed at outlaw bikie gangs and other states have made similar moves since


http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2009/09/26/2697305.htm?section=justin
Lawyers back decision on ‘un-Australian’ anti-bikie laws

Posted 26/09/2009
Anthony Kerin says the control orders take away basic human rights. (ABC News)

* Map: Adelaide 5000
* Related Story: Bikie arrested after visiting co-accused in jail
* Related Story: ‘Nabbed’ Finks member faces court
* Related Story: DPP to appeal over Finks bail
* Related Story: Bikie control order laws ruled invalid
* Related Link: Read more articles about outlaw motorcycle clubs

The Australian Lawyers Alliance has described yesterday’s Supreme Court ruling on anti-bikie laws as a win for common sense.
The laws allow for control orders against recognised members of motorcycle clubs, to prevent them from associating with each another.
Lawyers for the Finks Motorcycle Club challenged the legislation in the South Australian Supreme Court.
The club was the first targeted under the SA legislation and the lawyers argued the orders were unconstitutional because magistrates were given no choice but to impose them.
The Supreme Court yesterday ruled in a majority decision that part of the legislation governing control orders is invalid.
The South Australian Government is considering whether to appeal to the High Court, or amend the legislation.
The South Australian president of the alliance, Anthony Kerin, says the control orders take away basic human rights – the freedom of association.
“I think that the law had elements to it which were essentially un-Australian and inappropriate and whether it was rushed or otherwise, there was a failure to fully consider its implications,” he said.
Mr Kerin says the Government can take whatever avenue it likes.
“That’s their right, and indeed the democracy in which we live, that’s a good thing,” he said.
“And indeed one of the provisions that was lacking in the bill was the right to review decisions, so they can do that, and we’ll see what happens.”


http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2009/09/28/2698203.htm?section=justin
Special advocate for bikies an option: SA Govt

Posted 28/09/2009
Special advocate for bikies an option, says Attorney-General

* Video: SA Govt’s bid to crack down on bikie gangs has been ruled invalid (ABC News)

Attorney-General Michael Atkinson says the South Australian Government will consider appointing a special advocate to represent bikie gangs in court.
He says it is an option being considered to revive SA’s anti-gang laws after part of the legislation was ruled invalid by the Supreme Court last week.
It ruled invalid the control orders used to stop members of bikie gangs from associating with one another.
Mr Atkinson says a specially-appointed lawyer for the gangs could work as a go-between.
“The special advocate would have access to the criminal intelligence, but he is a person we could trust not to give the gangs the detail of individuals who’d supplied information to police so that they would be protected,” he said.
The lawyer who represented the Finks Motorcycle Club in the Supreme Court, Craig Caldicott, says a special advocate for bikies would undermine the justice system.
“What the Attorney’s saying [is] ‘Well we’ll appoint someone independent, give them all the information’, that person – not acting as a lawyer for the bikies, but as acting as a lawyer for the government – goes and talks to the bikies and says ‘Boys it’s alright, this is fine, you don’t have to worry about any of this stuff, it’s terrific’.”


http://news.smh.com.au/breaking-news-nat….91018-h2ps.html
Arrest sparks fears of new WA bikie war

October 18, 2009 – 5:49PM
AAP
A Perth man with connections to the Finks motorcycle gang has been arrested over a shooting incident amid reports a new bikie war may be about to break out in Western Australia.
Police said they arrested the 28-year-old man, who was understood to be a Finks gang nominee, after shots were fired in a street in the northern Perth suburb of Landsdale early on Saturday.
They found “a number of items of interest” in his car when they pulled him over in suburban Balga on Saturday night, and detained him as a person of interest in the shooting.
The Finks have their headquarters in Balga and the gang “nominee” is understood to be a provisional member of the club.
But a police spokesman said Saturday morning’s incident was an “isolated” dispute over money and police did not believe it was related to any other recent shootings in Perth or gang-related matters.
The Belmont man was charged with illegal possession of firearms and other offences including discharging a firearm to cause fear and going armed in a manner likely to cause fear.
Police said they were investigating reports that a second man was travelling in a car with the arrested man at the time of the shooting incident.
The West Australian newspaper reported on Saturday that police were bracing for a new bikie war after the Finks Motorcycle Club recruited former Coffin Cheater Troy Mercanti.
Mercanti, 42, who was beaten by gang members and expelled from the Coffin Cheaters last year, is currently serving a 28-month sentence for causing grievous bodily harm but could be out on parole as early as next year.
The West Australian reported a senior member of the Finks as saying Mercanti had been accepted as a nominee, paving the way for him to become a “fully patched” member when he is released from jail.
The Finks member, a NSW man who refers to himself only as “Ferret”, could ride with up to 160 Finks who are expected to arrive in WA this week as part of a national “run”.
The West Australian said Mercanti’s recruitment by the gang was being seen as a signal to the Coffin Cheaters that the Finks intend to establish a strong presence in WA.

© 2009 AAP


http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2009/10/21/2720228.htm?section=justin
Anti-bikie laws debated in NT Parliament

By Melinda James
Posted 21/10/2009

Some of the bikie gangs in Australia: Bandidos, Hells Angels, Comancheros, Rebels and Gypsy Jokers. (AAP/Reuters)

The Northern Territory Parliament is debating laws that will make it illegal for members of criminal groups to associate with one another.
The Government says the bill is designed to disrupt the criminal activities of bikie gangs.
The Serious Crime Control Bill makes it an offence for members of a declared organisation to associate with one another.
The Opposition supports the Bill but the Shadow Attorney-General, Jodeen Carney, said the law is far from perfect and she would be surprised if it did not face a legal challenge before it is reviewed in four years’ time.
The independent Member for Nelson, Gerry Wood, also supports the Bill but said it erodes a fundamental right and any future amendments need to be made with caution.
The Police Minister, Paul Henderson, says he has every confidence police will not abuse their new powers.
A similar South Australian bill was recently deemed to be unconstitutional by the Supreme Court but the Territory Government says its legal advice is that the new laws are sound.


a small victory!

http://www.news.com.au/adelaidenow/story/0,22606,26123052-5006301,00.html
SA Full Court declares Rann’s bikie control orders illegal

Article from:
ANDREW DOWDELL, ADELAIDENOW REPORTER
September 25, 2009 11:35am

SOUTH Australia’s highest court has rejected the Rann Government’s bikie laws, ruling they take away the “fundamental proposition” of an accused person’s right to a fair trial.
The Full Court of the Supreme Court yesterday ruled by majority that control orders placed upon members of the Finks Motorcycle Club were “void”, in what lawyers and some politicians have labelled a victory for civil rights.
Justices David Bleby and Trish Kelly ruled as invalid a section of the Serious and Organised Crime Act which allowed magistrates to issue control orders against gang members at the instigation of the Police Commissioner.
Under the laws, gang members were not given the opportunity to appear in court when orders were sought.
Justice Bleby found it was a “fundamental proposition” of law that accused people should be informed of the case against them and be given “an opportunity to answer that case”.
“A court . . . which is required by statute not to observe that fundamental rule of law . . . will inevitably be acting in a manner incompatible with the proper discharge of judicial responsibilities,” Justice Bleby stated.
The laws also “severely impaired or undermined” the court’s integrity.
Full ruling: Read the judgment here
Under the laws, anyone issued with a control order faced a maximum five-year prison sentence if they associated more than six times a year with fellow club members or others nominated by the Police Commissioner.
The court ruling means that control orders issued against alleged Finks southern chapter member Donald Hudson and other gang members were deemed void.
Mr Hudson’s lawyer, Craig Caldicott, said the ruling was a victory for the “little guy”.
“I think it’s a great judgment for my clients; we have been vindicated,” he said. “We have said from day one that section 14 of the Serious and Organised Crime Act is invalid, it’s draconian and it’s basically un-Australian.”
However, Attorney-General Michael Atkinson remained unbowed by the landmark ruling, declaring it a “minor setback” in the Rann Government’s ongoing war against outlaw motorcycle gangs.
“As a government we were always aware of the vulnerability of our legislation, because as a government we are willing to test the constitutional boundaries and are willing to take the fight to the outlaw motorcycle gangs,” Mr Atkinson said.
He said the Government would either amend the legislation in the next sitting of Parliament or issue an appeal in the High Court of Australia.
Mr Atkinson said police could still apply for control orders by providing evidence of criminal activity to the courts, but conceded the burden of proof police needed to obtain such orders would now be much higher.
“This judgment gives us an opportunity to pause, to look at the legislation and to meet the objections that Justice Bleby makes to the legislation, and the fight will go on,” he said.
Opposition leader Isobel Redmond said the ruling showed the anti-bikie legislation had been “rushed through Parliament by an arrogant, impatient and sloppy Government”.
“Mike Rann and his ministers should hang their heads in shame – their sloppy work has allowed bikie gang members to thumb their noses at the law and return to their criminal activities with inflated confidence,” Ms Redmond said.
The United Motorcycle Council of South Australia, the Democrats and civil libertarians welcomed yesterday’s judgment as a victory for human rights.
“This was a disgraceful attempt by the Government and police to trample longstanding legal and civil rights of all citizens,” UMCSA spokesman Mac Hayes said.
The West Australian Government, which is also introducing similar laws, said the ruling would not stop it from going ahead with its legislation.


http://www.news.com.au/adelaidenow/story/0,22606,26205218-5006301,00.html
Anti-bikie laws ‘offend natural justice’

Article from:
October 13, 2009 05:21pm

SOUTH Australia’s secretive and controversial anti-bikie legislation “offends the rules of natural justice” , an independent review has found.
The report, conducted by retired Youth Court chief judge Alan Moss, was ordered following the Finks motorcycle club becoming a “declared” organisation in May and must be conducted as part of the legislation.
Tabled in Parliament today, the review found the “unashamedly tough” laws had a “built-in bias” against the accused.
“Obviously the situation offends the rules of natural justice, which require that a person be informed of the allegations against him and have the opportunity to refute those allegations,” Mr Moss wrote.
“This built-in bias is inherent in the construct of the Act and cannot be avoided.”
Despite the criticism, Mr Moss concluded Attorney-General Michael Atkinson had acted fairly in his declaration of the gang.
During the review he was given access to criminal histories of gang members which are withheld from the public.
“It cannot be ignored that senior members of the Government, including the Attorney-General, have been strongly condemnatory of outlaw motorcycle gangs,” Mr Moss wrote.
“I consider that that conclusion (to declare the Finks illegal) was open to him upon the material which was properly before him.
“I essentially undertook the same process and would have reached the same conclusion.
“The Attorney General sought, within the limitations of the act … to provide procedural fairness to the asserted members of the Finks.”
Last month the Supreme Court ruled parts of the laws invalid and voided six control orders against Finks members.
The State Government will now take the case to the High Court.


Anti-bikie laws likened to anti-communist law
http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2010/06/18/2930727.htm?section=justin

Anti-bikie laws likened to anti-communist law

Posted Fri Jun 18, 2010 12:32pm AEST
South Australia’s anti-bikie legislation has been compared with post-World War 2 anti-communism laws in the United States during a High Court hearing in Canberra.
The SA Government wants the High Court to rule that laws outlawing bikie gangs and allowing controls on gang members are valid.
It has the backing of the Commonwealth and five other states and territories.
Lawyers for the Finks Motorcycle Club argue the legislation is unconstitutional because it gives magistrates no choice but to impose control orders on proven club members.
One of the seven judges hearing the case, Justice Kenneth Hayne, said membership, affiliation and association were difficult concepts to deal with, as seen in post-World War 2 court cases in the US relating to Communist Party membership.
A judgment in the case is not expected before September.


Bikies take anti-gang law protest to parliament
http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2010/06/23/2934836.htm?section=justin

Bikies take anti-gang law protest to parliament

Posted 49 minutes ago
Club members say the laws were rushed through. (ABC News: Matthew Lane)

* Map: Sydney 2000

Representatives from New South Wales motorcycle clubs are at Parliament house in Sydney today to challenge the state’s bikie laws.
They gathered outside the parliament with their Harley Davidsons lining Maquarie Street.
The group wants to present a letter to the Attorney-General John Hatzistergos that calls for amendments made to the Crimes Act last year to be publicly debated.
Under the changes a Supreme Court judge can declare a group a criminal organisation – meaning members could be prosecuted for associating with one another.
The law was brought in after the fatal bashing of Anthony Zervas at Sydney Airport but so far it has not been used.
Chairman of the United Motorcycle Council, Mark Maloney says it was rushed through.
“We’ve talked to politicians privately,” he said.
“Off the record they’ve said, had they known what the anti-association law contained, they would not have voted for it.”
The bikies say they will try to attend question time today.

==================================================

==================================================

Germany becomes the First Country to admit Clandestine Chemtrails Operations

http://www.chycho.com/?q=Chemtrails

Germany becomes the First Country to admit Clandestine Chemtrails Operations

For all those activists who have been investigating and reporting on clandestine government operations around the world to manipulate our weather patterns, this news from Germany is groundbreaking.

The TV news report states that “the military planes of the German Federal Army are manipulating our climate; this is what the weather researchers are presuming and their suspicions are confirmed…

“We can state with a 97% certainty that we have on our hands chemical trails (chemtrails) comprised by fine dust containing polymers and metals, used to disrupt radar signals.”

Chemtrails on german RTL-TV english translation

“This is their main purpose, but I was surprised that this artificial cloud was so wide-spread. The radar images are stunning considering the needed tons of dispersed elements — although, the federal army claims that only small amounts of material were propagated. The military heads claim that the substances used are not harmful.”

MORE INFO http://www.geocities.com/canadianchemtrails/

“In the United States of America there are protest after protest for many years now, against these military operations and now people are mobilising in Germany as well. Per example JOHANNES REMMEL of the Greens.

“It’s obvious that enormous regions are being polluted with clandestine actions, but all of this has to be made public. The government must provide explanations to the unsuspecting population.”

Highslide JS

MORE INFO http://artificialclouds.com/

This is a very significant development in the battle to find out why our governments are spraying chemicals into our atmosphere, however it is only the tip of the iceberg. As far as researchers have been able to conclude, chemical spraying by our governments have been in full operation since mid-to-late 1990’s (possibly earlier). The following video presentation is a great introduction to chemtrails and some of its possible implications:
http://v18.lscache5.googlevideo.com/vide….7DF617&key=ck1#

Right now we can only speculate as to what type of chemicals are used in these operations, however one thing is certain, if we saw a car driving down the road, spewing out a plume of smoke the way these planes are doing we would be very concerned.

Considering that half the species in the world could be wiped out due to global warming http://www.guardian.co.uk/environmen…fclimatechange , the least we could do is to demand that our governments explain what it is that they are spraying us with, specially if military heads are claiming “that the substances used are not harmful”. As we know, when the militaries of the world say we have nothing to be concerned about then we have everything to be concerned about. Keep in mind that chemtrails have been categorized as an “exotic weapons systems” by the 107th CONGRESS of the United States in House Bill H. R. 2977. http://www.fas.org/sgp/congress/2001/hr2977.html

Further information on chemtrails at http://educate-yourself.org/ct/


Chemtrails UK Government admits deadly spraying

U.k. government has admitted to spraying British public with deadly toxins.
Link to Guardian article
http://www.guardian.co.uk/politics/2002/apr/21/uk.medicalscience

Millions were in germ war tests

Much of Britain was exposed to bacteria sprayed in secret trials

Sunday 21 April 2002 10.23 BST

The Ministry of Defence turned large parts of the country into a giant laboratory to conduct a series of secret germ warfare tests on the public.

A government report just released provides for the first time a comprehensive official history of Britain’s biological weapons trials between 1940 and 1979.

Many of these tests involved releasing potentially dangerous chemicals and micro-organisms over vast swaths of the population without the public being told.

While details of some secret trials have emerged in recent years, the 60-page report reveals new information about more than 100 covert experiments.

The report reveals that military personnel were briefed to tell any ‘inquisitive inquirer’ the trials were part of research projects into weather and air pollution.

The tests, carried out by government scientists at Porton Down, were designed to help the MoD assess Britain’s vulnerability if the Russians were to have released clouds of deadly germs over the country.

In most cases, the trials did not use biological weapons but alternatives which scientists believed would mimic germ warfare and which the MoD claimed were harmless. But families in certain areas of the country who have children with birth defects are demanding a public inquiry.

One chapter of the report, ‘The Fluorescent Particle Trials’, reveals how between 1955 and 1963 planes flew from north-east England to the tip of Cornwall along the south and west coasts, dropping huge amounts of zinc cadmium sulphide on the population. The chemical drifted miles inland, its fluorescence allowing the spread to be monitored. In another trial using zinc cadmium sulphide, a generator was towed along a road near Frome in Somerset where it spewed the chemical for an hour.

While the Government has insisted the chemical is safe, cadmium is recognised as a cause of lung cancer and during the Second World War was considered by the Allies as a chemical weapon.

In another chapter, ‘Large Area Coverage Trials’, the MoD describes how between 1961 and 1968 more than a million people along the south coast of England, from Torquay to the New Forest, were exposed to bacteria including e.coli and bacillus globigii , which mimics anthrax. These releases came from a military ship, the Icewhale, anchored off the Dorset coast, which sprayed the micro-organisms in a five to 10-mile radius.

The report also reveals details of the DICE trials in south Dorset between 1971 and 1975. These involved US and UK military scientists spraying into the air massive quantities of serratia marcescens bacteria, with an anthrax simulant and phenol.

Similar bacteria were released in ‘The Sabotage Trials’ between 1952 and 1964. These were tests to determine the vulnerability of large government buildings and public transport to attack. In 1956 bacteria were released on the London Underground at lunchtime along the Northern Line between Colliers Wood and Tooting Broadway. The results show that the organism dispersed about 10 miles. Similar tests were conducted in tunnels running under government buildings in Whitehall.

Experiments conducted between 1964 and 1973 involved attaching germs to the threads of spiders’ webs in boxes to test how the germs would survive in different environments. These tests were carried out in a dozen locations across the country, including London’s West End, Southampton and Swindon. The report also gives details of more than a dozen smaller field trials between 1968 and 1977.

In recent years, the MoD has commissioned two scientists to review the safety of these tests. Both reported that there was no risk to public health, although one suggested the elderly or people suffering from breathing illnesses may have been seriously harmed if they inhaled sufficient quantities of micro-organisms.

However, some families in areas which bore the brunt of the secret tests are convinced the experiments have led to their children suffering birth defects, physical handicaps and learning difficulties.

David Orman, an army officer from Bournemouth, is demanding a public inquiry. His wife, Janette, was born in East Lulworth in Dorset, close to where many of the trials took place. She had a miscarriage, then gave birth to a son with cerebral palsy. Janette’s three sisters, also born in the village while the tests were being carried out, have also given birth to children with unexplained problems, as have a number of their neighbours.

The local health authority has denied there is a cluster, but Orman believes otherwise. He said: ‘I am convinced something terrible has happened. The village was a close-knit community and to have so many birth defects over such a short space of time has to be more than coincidence.’

Successive governments have tried to keep details of the germ warfare tests secret. While reports of a number of the trials have emerged over the years through the Public Records Office, this latest MoD document – which was released to Liberal Democrat MP Norman Baker – gives the fullest official version of the biological warfare trials yet.

Baker said: ‘I welcome the fact that the Government has finally released this information, but question why it has taken so long. It is unacceptable that the public were treated as guinea pigs without their knowledge, and I want to be sure that the Ministry of Defence’s claims that these chemicals and bacteria used were safe is true.’

The MoD report traces the history of the UK’s research into germ warfare since the Second World War when Porton Down produced five million cattle cakes filled with deadly anthrax spores which would have been dropped in Germany to kill their livestock. It also gives details of the infamous anthrax experiments on Gruinard on the Scottish coast which left the island so contaminated it could not be inhabited until the late 1980s.

The report also confirms the use of anthrax and other deadly germs on tests aboard ships in the Caribbean and off the Scottish coast during the 1950s. The document states: ‘Tacit approval for simulant trials where the public might be exposed was strongly influenced by defence security considerations aimed obviously at restricting public knowledge. An important corollary to this was the need to avoid public alarm and disquiet about the vulnerability of the civil population to BW [biological warfare] attack.’

Sue Ellison, spokeswoman for Porton Down, said: ‘Independent reports by eminent scientists have shown there was no danger to public health from these releases which were carried out to protect the public.

‘The results from these trials_ will save lives, should the country or our forces face an attack by chemical and biological weapons.’

Asked whether such tests are still being carried out, she said: ‘It is not our policy to discuss ongoing research.’


U.S. GOVERNMENT OWNS THE PATENT ON CHEMTRAILS BIO-WEAPON THERES NO WAY TO DENY IT

CHEMTRAILS CHEMICALS ADDED TO AVIATION FUEL GOVERNMENT DOCUMENT NOW ONLINE

GOVERNMENT STOPPING OUR FOOD PRODUCTION!!!!! THERE ATTEMPTING TO CONTROL US WITH FOOD.


who level 6 pandemic, to last 2 or more years! announced 12th june 2009
a-pac meating for today 12th june 2009.
it has been said that the level 6 pandemic could last for over 2 years WTF?!?!?!
and it is mutating!!!

WAKE UP!!!! u think that in the 2 years or LONGER! that the level 6 pandemic status would have been enugh to say to u, ( take the vaccine or else!! )

do u realy think they are going to say that they lvl6 pandemic is going to stay around for over 2 years and not be prepared to FORCE people to take the vaccine and everything else they want the people to do…..
do u honestly think they will ASK u to “please take the vaccine” if u refuse?

they want to contain the “flu” welcome to the new world wide CAMP!


I AM FRIKIN SICK AND TIRED OF IGNORANT SHEEPLE LIKE THIS!

i see it all the frikin time now.. so many people just refuse to accept what is the TRUTH and what is going on IN THERE LIFE’S AND EVERYONE’S WORLD WIDE.

do you think this is B.S also….. do u think this is all made up rubbish that is not real?… do u think this is a JOKE!?!

http://pigs-in-the-parlor.blogspot.com/2….-kingsbury.html

NEW FEMA Coffins in INDIANA (Kingsbury) Youtube Keeps removing this.

FEMA COFFINS INVESTIGATION

Concrete Caskets in Arizona and LA.

Fema coffins found at Phoenix National Memorial Cemetery

Massive Concrete Tombs Prepared in Phoenix, AZ and California — FEMA Coffins

investigating femas mass graves in houston texas

Mass Graves in Phoenix: KPHO 5 News Report

OH but wait… they must be doing this for all our own good… the guv would not do anything evil would they???
==============================================

==============================================

2WAY FM discusses the horrific idea that the swine flu was deliberately unleashed on an unsuspecting world population. Aired June 25, 2009.

Made in a Lab – The Swine Flu Swindle. Part 1 of 2.


Geoff Gardiner speaks about chemtrails on 2WAY FM – December 4, 2008.
YES THIS IS CONNECTED.

Chemtrails Interview on 2WAY FM Port Macquarie Part 1

Mexican Flu Outbreak 2009: SPECIAL REPORT by Dr Leonard Horowitz

PrisonPlanet Forum > ***THE MAIN BOARDS – Welcome to the Prison Planet Forum*** > General Discussion > PhD Investigative Reports (only for the hardcore) > Evidence that NOVARAX/CDC/WHO/BAXTER/ROCHE created the PANDEMIC for PROFIT! (Moderators: Anti_Illuminati, sociostudent, TahoeBlue) > Charges Filed against WHO and UN – BioTerrorism & Intent to commit MASS MURDER

http://forum.prisonplanet.com/index.php?topic=112796.0

“”””””””Here’s the yahoo link: http://in.news.yahoo.com/137/20090612/15…..html?printer=1

Baxter could have pandemic flu vaccine in July Sat, Jun 13 02:16 AM

Baxter International Inc said on Friday that it is in full-scale production of an A/H1N1 flu pandemic vaccine that could be ready for commercial use next month.

The news comes a day after the World Health Organization (WHO) officially declared a pandemic and cautioned governments to prepare for a long-term battle against the new virus.

Baxter said it received an A/H1N1 strain from the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention in May and has been working to develop a pandemic vaccine for use as early as July.

A number of national public health authorities have agreements with Baxter that allow them to place orders for a vaccine now that a pandemic has been declared by WHO, Baxter said.

Baxter said it would also work with WHO to allocate a portion of the company’s commercial vaccine production to address global public health issues deemed most urgent.

The company, which said it has completed testing and evaluation of the virus, is developing the vaccine using cell technology. Traditional flu vaccines are made using chicken eggs and typically take some six months to produce.

Baxter said it believes its Vero cell technology will allow for much more rapid production and delivery of pandemic flu vaccine.

The company plans to submit the A/H1N1 vaccine for approval upon completion of initial manufacturing runs.

A/H1N1 flu strain was first discovered in Mexico and has rapidly spread. There have been 28,774 confirmed cases of the virus in 74 countries with 144 deaths, according to WHO’s latest tally of laboratory-confirmed cases. It is believed that tests have turned up only a fraction of the true number of cases of the virus”””””””

“”””But BAXTER tried to ANNIHILATE Europe in the Spring with their two-live-flus in their European shipment of influenza vaccine through Austria….
http://www.torontosun.com/news/canada/2009/02/27/8560781.html

Erm … Mommy (!)””””

“””””Steve Watson
Infowars.net
Thursday, April 30, 2009

A scandal dating from January 2008, that is continuing to unfold, raises more disturbing questions over the safety of U.S. pharmaceutical company Baxter International’s vaccines.

Last year Baxter recalled almost all of its injections of the blood thinning heparin drug in the US after some patients experienced extreme – and in some cases fatal – allergic reactions, after being administered the products.

There were similar recalls by other manufacturers of Chinese-sourced heparin in Denmark, Italy, France Germany and Japan, but initial investigations found that only Baxter’s heparin vaccines were tainted.

The FDA has accused two Chinese manufacturers of being responsible for the production and shipment of the tainted vaccines, suggesting that a cheaper synthetic heparin mimic, subsequently identified as over-sulfated chondroitin sulfate (OSCS), was used to decrease costs.

However, in January 2009 a new lawsuit was filed specifically against Baxter for it’s role in the scandal.

The allegation is that the pharmaceutical giant purposefully altered an ingredient in heparin that flowed through heparin syringes to patients, resulting in pain and suffering, and sometimes death, to those affected, reported legal website Lawyers and Settlements

Somewhat ironically, the natural ingredient in heparin that was substituted in order to cut costs was a substance extracted from cooked swine intestines.

The lawsuit notes that OSCS is not found in nature, and is not approved in the United States. It accuses Baxter of using a more dangerous ingredient to “reap greater profits as a result of utilizing cheap component parts.”

(Article continues below)

Lawsuit Charges Baxter Used Dangerous Ingredients In Vaccines To Increase Profits obama 340×169

As we reported earlier this week, Baxter has been chosen by the WHO to head up efforts to produce a vaccine for the Mexican swine flu that is spreading throughout the U.S. and Europe.

The decision was made despite further revelations last month that vaccines contaminated with deadly live H5N1 avian flu virus were recently distributed to 18 countries by a lab at an Austrian branch of Baxter.

Initially, the company attempted to stonewall questions by invoking “trade secrets” and refused to reveal how the vaccines were contaminated with H5N1. After increased pressure they then claimed that pure H5N1 batches were sent by accident.

However, as we have highlighted, the probability of mixing a live virus biological weapon with vaccine material by accident is virtually impossible.
http://www.prisonplanet.com/lawsuit-char….se-profits.html

==============================================

==============================================

NWO Burgermeisters FBI charges1

http://www.naturalnews.com/026503_pandemic_swine_flu_bioterrorism.html

http://birdflu666.wordpress.com/2009/04/13/hello-world/

NaturalNews) As the anticipated July release date for Baxter’s A/H1N1 flu pandemic vaccine approaches, an Austrian investigative journalist is warning the world that the greatest crime in the history of humanity is underway. Jane Burgermeister has recently filed criminal charges with the FBI against the World Health Organization (WHO), the United Nations (UN), and several of the highest ranking government and corporate officials concerning bioterrorism and attempts to commit mass murder. She has also prepared an injunction against forced vaccination which is being filed in America. These actions follow her charges filed in April against Baxter AG and Avir Green Hills Biotechnology of Austria for producing contaminated bird flu vaccine, alleging this was a deliberate act to cause and profit from a pandemic. Summary of claims and allegations filed with FBI in Austria on June 10, 2009 In her charges, Burgermeister presents evidence of acts of bioterrorism that is in violation of U.S. law by a group operating within the U.S. under the direction of international bankers who control the Federal Reserve, as well as WHO, UN and NATO. This bioterrorism is for the purpose of carrying out a mass genocide against the U.S. population by use of a genetically engineered flu pandemic virus with the intent of causing death.

NWO final countdown part1

Part 1. of 2 – NWO with UN and Agenda 21 with partners MEDIA are nearly ready to kick their goal. The step by step Ruling Elite, CFR, Trilateral Commission, Secret Societies have used their resources very cleverly to dupe, deceive, and infiltrate Governments and learning institutes which are funded by Rockefeller group producing junc-science’ to prop up their sinister aims to take control over the world. The CHEMTRAILs have been used to soften up the public, diminish the immune system getting them ready for their final assault with a deadly virus manufactured again by a Rockefeller controlled organisation. However these next vaccines are not safe, and untested. One short test resulted in 21 youths dead, and 200 totally incapacitated. Bush and the Gov’ have planned this NWO take over with their pre organised actions shown over the last 12 years, long before there was any FLU disease. Bush issued a Exec’ order to prevent the manufacturers from legal action 5 years ago, and again issued a Exec’ order to apprehend and detain innocent people who refuse these deadly vaccinations. This order was issued by Bush 6 years ago, long before any FLU health risk was known by the public. see www.cleanairandwater.net

NWO final countdown part2 is now

Part 2. of 2 – NWO with UN and Agenda 21 with partners MEDIA are nearly ready to kick their goal. The step by step Ruling Elite, CFR, Trilateral Commission, Secret Societies have used their resources very cleverly to dupe, deceive, and infiltrate Governments and learning institutes which are funded by Rockefeller group producing junc-science’ to prop up their synister aims to take control over the world. Rather than debate any complaints with the public, they instead labeled their accusations as being a ‘conspiracy’ this tactic kept the majority of public away from investigating what they were up to. The CHEMTRAILs have been used to soften up the public, diminish the immune system getting them ready for their final assault with a deadly virus manufactured again by a Rockefeller controlled organisation. However these next vaccines are not safe, and untested. One short test resulted in 21 youths dead, and 200 totally incapacitated. Bush and the Gov’ have planned this NWO take over with their pre organised actions shown over the last 12 years, long before there was any FLU disease. Bush issued a Exec’ order to prevent the manufacturers from legal action 5 years ago, and again issued a Exec’ order to apprehend and detain innocent people who refuse these deadly vaccinations. This order was issued by Bush 6 years ago, long before any FLU health risk was known to the public. see www.cleanairandwater.net

Chemtrails uncovered and FLU Vaccines not safe

Chemtrail planes spraying contaminants uncovered. Australian University’s answer to FLU virus with Professor Peter Collignon.hold a STOP CHEMTRAIL RALLY- IN EVERY CITY to demand Gov’s and Media tell the truth about Chemtrails – CHEMTRAILS ARE denied by Authorities and labeled as a conspiracy to keep people silent. But proven a fact that is killing birds and bees by the millions all over the world. and spraying poisons and virus’s making people sick in cities globally: register by email to; everetteddy@yahoo.com – visit comments www.organicvegegardens.com

=============================================

=============================================

chemtrails killing birds bees

Why Is Aluminium In The Rainwater? Geo-engineering & Chemtrails

NWO poisoning rain water

chemtrails you cannot deny this part 1

CHEMTRAIL PLANE TRANSFORMATION FROM PASSENGER AIRLINERS

Chemtrails Chemtrails Chemtrails it’s OFFICIAL

!! CHARGES FILED AGAINST W.H.O & U.N. for DEPOPULATION AGENDA!!!! OBAMA INCLUDED – PART 1/3

Australia’s Chief Medical Officer: 2 Million to be infected

DON’T PANIC SLAVES! Let’s just make outlandish unfounded statements so you grovel for our vaccines

‘The country’s top doctor (Jim Bishop) is warning that two million Australians could become infected with swine flu.’
http://www.theaustralian.news.com.au/story/0,25197,25545547-12377,00.html


http://www.sunshine-project.org/publications/pr/pr240902.html
The Sunshine Project
News Release
24 September 2002

US Military Operating a Secret Chemical Weapons Program
Sunshine Project provides evidence for US violation of international law

(Austin and Hamburg, 24 September 2002) – The Sunshine Project today accuses the US military of conducting a chemical weapons research and development program in violation of international arms control law. The charges follow an 18 month investigation of the Department of Defense’s Joint Non-Lethal Weapons Directorate (JNLWD). The investigation made extensive use of the US Freedom of Information Act to obtain Pentagon records that form the primary basis of the allegations. An array of documents, many of which have been posted on the Sunshine Project website, demonstrate beyond a reasonable doubt that JNLWD is operating an illegal and classified chemical weapons program.

Specifically, the Sunshine Project accuses the JNLWD of:

1. Conducting a research and development program on toxic chemical agents for use as weapons, including anesthetics and psychoactive substances, in violation of the Chemical Weapons Convention;

2. Developing long-range military delivery devices for these chemicals, including an 81mm chemical mortar round, that violate the Chemical Weapons Convention.

3. Pursuing a chemical weapons program while fully cognizant that it violates the Chemical Weapons Convention and US Department of Defense regulations;

4. Attempting to cover up the illicit program by classifying as secret even its own legal interpretations of the Chemical Weapons Convention and attempting to block access to documents requested under US information freedom law.

These charges are detailed in the attached Annex to this news release, in the accompanying map and fact sheet, and the Sunshine Project’s JNLWD documents web page, which has full text of more than two dozen documents. Specific citations are in footnotes below.

The Weapons: JNLWD’s secret program is not focusing on highly lethal agents such as VX or sarin. Rather, the emphasis is on “non-lethal” chemical weapons that incapacitate. JNLWD’s science advisors define “non-lethal” as resulting in death or permanent injury in 1 in 100 victims.(1) JNLWD’s Research Director told a US military magazine “We need something besides tear gas, like calmatives, anesthetic agents, that would put people to sleep or in a good mood.” (2) These weapons are intended for use against “potentially hostile civilians”, in anti-terrorism operations, counterinsurgency, and other military operations.

The major focus of JNLWD’s operation is on the use of drugs as weapons, particularly so-called “calmatives”, a military term for mind-altering or sleep inducing chemical weapons. Other agents mentioned as militarily useful in the documents are convulsants, which are dangerous cramp-inducing drugs, and pharmaceuticals that failed development trials due to harmful side-effects. (3) This interest in so-called “calmatives” has been discussed in previous Project publications. (4)

New documents prove the existence of an advanced development program for long range delivery devices for the chemicals, in particular a “non-lethal” 81mm mortar round with a range of 2.5 kilometers and which is designed to work in standard issue US military weapons (the M252 mortar) (5). Photos of testing of this round and a gas generating payload canister are posted on the Sunshine Project’s website. (6) JNLWD has recently asked the company building the gas canister, General Dynamics, to develop methodologies to characterize the aerosols it generates, and to calculate the ground area coverage of gas clouds created by an airburst at different altitudes. (7) A chemical mortar round with a 2.5 kilometer range has solely military applications, and cannot possibly be justified for a US military domestic riot control purpose.

The Solutions:

1) UN Inspectors into the US: The Sunshine Project, while urging the United States to immediately halt this chemical weapons program, also announces its intention to take its allegations and evidence to the 7th Session of the Conference of the States Parties of the Chemical Weapons Convention, scheduled to start in The Hague on October 7th. There, the Sunshine Project will present its case to governments and request tthe Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons send a UN weapons inspection team to the US to investigate.

2) US Oversight: The Sunshine Project calls upon the US Congress to investigate JNLWD’s arms control violations, to conduct public hearings, to hold JNLWD and its superiors responsible for their actions, to freeze all JNLWD funding, and to immediately declassify all JNLWD documents.

Says Edward Hammond, director of the Sunshine Project US, “We can present hard evidence for an illicit and shameful chemical weapons program in the US. If the US invades Iraq and uses these weapons, we may witness the depravity of the US waging chemical warfare against Iraq to prevent it from developing chemical weapons.”

Jan van Aken, Director of the Sunshine Project in Germany says “The US administration ‘names names’ of alleged violators at arms control meetings. We have written documentation that the British government told JNLWD that its program violates the CWC in private talks. (8) However, Europe must publicly denounce American chemical weapons violations in The Hague. Those who remain silent will bear part of the guilt.”

Escalation danger: JNLWD’s chemical weapons program not only violates international law, it presents an escalation threat. Any use of chemical weapons in a military situation – even if the agents are purported to be “non-lethal” – carries the inherent danger of escalation into an all out chemical war and heightened violence. If attacked with a chemical of unknown nature with a fast incapacitating effect, victims may assume that lethal chemicals have been used, leading to heightened violence or even retaliation in kind. This rapid escalation danger is one of the key reasons why the Chemical Weapons Convention prohibits the use of even tear gas or pepper spray as a method of warfare.

The Road to a Chemical Arms Race: In addition, JNLWD’s program might easily be used to disguise lethal chemical weapons development. Deadly chemicals are the former specialty of JNLWD’s partner in the program, the US Army’s Aberdeen Proving Ground. Long range delivery devices may easily be converted to use biological agents or other chemicals, including lethal nerve gas. Design and development of new delivery devices, production facilities or delivery experiments – all key parts of a lethal chemical weapons program – might easily be performed by the US or other countries if the buzz-word “non-lethal” is used as a cover. If non-lethal chemical warfare programs are not banned, the basic principles of the CWC could fall apart, resulting in new full blown chemical arms race even before Cold War stocks are destroyed.

Thumbnail images of the Map and Fact Sheet

ANNEX TO SUNSHINE PROJECT NEWS RELEASE
“US Military Operating a Secret Chemical Weapons Program”
(24 September 2002)

An Outline of the Case Against the Joint Non-Lethal Weapons Directorate

The charges made by the Sunshine Project are supported by thousands of pages of US government documents, many obtained under the US Freedom of Information Act, and many of which are available on our website. This news release and annex are accompanied by a map and fact sheet on JNLWD’s program. This is available for download from our website. The charges against JNLWD will be further detailed in a briefing for the Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons and diplomats attending the October meeting of the Chemical Weapons Convention. A brief outline is provided here:

1. JNLWD is conducting a research and development program on toxic chemical agents for use as weapons in violation of the Chemical Weapons Convention.

JNLWD’s desire for chemical weapons is intense and widely documented. JNLWD has explicitly stated that it is operating a program to develop “calmative” chemical weapons (9). In May 1999, its Research Director told Navy News and Undersea Technology “We need something besides tear gas, like calmatives, anesthetic agents, that would put people to sleep or in a good mood.” In 2000, JNLWD’s Commanding Officer told New Scientist “I would like a magic dust that would put everyone in a building to sleep, combatants and non-combatants.” (10) The Marine Corps Research University (MCRU), a major JNLWD contractor, produced an October 2000 study that concluded “the development and use of calmatives is achievable and desirable” and urged “immediate consideration” of drugs like diazepam (Valium). (11) The unit that produced the study is headed by JNLWD’s former commander. JNLWD currently has a secretive technology investment program for incapacitating chemical weapons that is being conducted in cooperation with the US Army’s Aberdeen Proving Ground. (12) It is urging academic and private institutions to bring it new proposals for chemical agents (13) and has repeatedly emphasized the need for the US military to develop a calmative capability. In addition, it recently concluded a new request for proposals that includes a call for “advanced riot control agents”, (14) a military synonym for drug weapons. In October 2001, it offered to equip US commercial aircraft with calmative-dispensing weapons. (15)

2. JNLWD is developing long-range military delivery devices for these chemicals that violate the Chemical Weapons Convention and have no law enforcement application.

JNLWD has been funding the development of chemical weapons delivery devices since the late 1990s. 1999 and 2000 photos of outdoor tests of chemical aerosol equipment and wind tunnel tests at the US Army Soldier Biological Chemical Command are included on the obverse side of the accompanying map. JNLWD has funded a multi-year program to microencapsulate chemical agents, specifically, anesthetics and anesthetics mixed with corrosive chemicals to penetrate thick clothing. (16) In 2001, JNLWD accelerated this effort, developing a specification for an 81mm “non-lethal” mortar round with a 2.5 kilometer range. (17) The round can use chemical payloads and is required to work in standard issue military M252 mortars. (18) Under this program, in September 2001, JNLWD inked a deal with General Dynamics that calls for building a “dispersion gas generator” for this mortar round and to “identify analytical tools that can be used in follow-on design/performance modeling of droplet formation and dynamics” and to perform “preliminary parametric estimates of ground area coverage versus payload volume and height of burst.” (19) The JNLWD team which developed chemical microencapsulation methods and the Aberdeen Proving Ground team which is participating in the chemical agents technology investment program are both collaborating with JNLWD in the mortar round design. (20)

3. JNLWD is pursuing this program despite being fully cognizant that it violates the Chemical Weapons Convention and US Department of Defense regulations.

The JNLWD program runs afoul of the Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC), the global ban on the development and use of all chemical weapons. And JNLWD is well aware of this fact. JNLWD presentations in 2001 list the Chemical Weapons Convention as a major “challenge” to its calmatives program. (21) In 2000, JNLWD held a series of war games with British military officials. JNLWD’s report of the war games concludes “In all three game scenarios, players espoused calmatives as potentially the most useful anti-personnel non-lethal weapons” but that “the principle concern was about the legality of the weapon and possible arms control violations…” Despite this, it continues “The end result is that calmatives are considered the single most effective anti-personnel option in the non-lethal toolkit.” (22)

At the end of the wargames series, JNLWD held a final, high-level meeting with UK officials. It included the participation of five active duty US Marine Corps and Army generals. British officials objected to the US calmatives program, saying that it is illegal. JNLWD replied by saying but that it would proceed anyway (quoting from the report): “a research and development program with respect to… chemically based calmatives… [will] be continued as long as it is cost-productive to do so.” In the same report, JNLWD acknowledges that its research and development program violates Department of Defense regulations, declaring its intent to evade the law: “DOD is prohibited from pursuing [calmative] technology… If there are promising technologies that DOD is prohibited from pursuing, set up MOA with DOJ or DOE.” (DOD is the US Department of Defense. DOJ is the US Department of Justice. DOE is the US Department of Energy. MOA is a Memorandum of Agreement.) (23)

4. JNLWD is seeking to cover up this illicit program by cloaking it behind US secrecy law.

JNLWD has made a systematic effort hide its program from public view and to impede the Sunshine Project’s investigation. JNLWD asked the US Navy Judge Advocate General (JAG) to perform a legal review of its “non-lethal” chemical weapons; but then classified the JAG opinion, preventing its release. (24) JNLWD has placed export control restrictions on its 81mm “non-lethal” mortar specification. (25) In 2002, JNLWD officials trained US Marine Corps officers in its anti-personnel chemical weapons capabilities. It classified the training “secret”. (26) Interviewed by news media, JNLWD officials deny developing chemical weapons; but have informed the Sunshine Project in multiple telephone conversations that they will deny release of documents requested under FOIA because of “classified weapons development”. With 18 months elapsed since the Sunshine Project’s first Freedom of Information Act requests to JNLWD, almost two thirds of the documents requested have not been released. JNLWD has ordered the US National Academies of Science to halt release of documents it deposited in the public record at that institution, (27) despite the fact that the National Academies states that there are no security markings on the documents requested, (28) and in apparent violation of US law.

TO DOWNLOAD THE MAP AND ILLUSTRATIVE TEXT THAT ACCOMPANY THIS RELEASE, VISIT: http://www.sunshine-project.org/incapacitants/mapfacts.html

NOTES

1) Kenny, J. The Human Effects of Non-Lethal Weapons, presentation of the JNLWD Human Effects Advisory Panel to the US National Academy of Sciences Naval Studies Board, 30 April 2001.

2) Susan LeVine, JNLWD Research Director, quoted in Non-Lethal Programs Will Enhance Navy And Marine Warfighting in Navy News and Undersea Technology, v. 16, n.19, 10 May 1999.

3) Lakoski J, Murray, W.B., Kenny J. The Advantages and Limitations of Calmatives for Use as a Non-Lethal Technique, Applied Research Laboratory / College of Medicine, Pennsylvania State University, 3 October 2000.

4) See the Sunshine Project news release Pentagon Program Promotes Psychopharmacological Warfare (1 July 2002), the information brief The MCRU Calmatives Study and JNLWD: A Summary of (Public) Facts (19 September 2002), and Sunshine Project Backgrounder #8, Non-Lethal Weapons Research in the US: Calmatives & Malodorants (July 2001).

5) See, for example, 81mm Frangible Case Cartridge, Contract DAAE-30-01-C-1077 (June 2001), US Army TACOM and M2 Technologies.

6) See side two of the accompanying map and fact sheet.

7) Liquid Payload Dispensing Concept Studies Techniques for the 81mm Non-Lethal Mortar Cartridge, Contract DAAE-30-01-M-1444 (Sept. 2001), US Army TACOM and General Dynamics.

8) Assessment Report: US/UK Non-Lethal Weapons (NLW)/Urban Operations Executive Seminar, JNLWD, November 2000.

9) ibid (and other documents)

10) Colonel George Fenton, USMC, JNLWD Commanding Officer, quoted in War without tears, New Scientist, 16 December 2000.

11) Lakoski J, Murray, W.B., Kenny J. The Advantages and Limitations of Calmatives for Use as a Non-Lethal Technique.

12) The US Department of Defense Joint Non-Lethal Weapons Program, Program Overview, April 2001.

13) See Fenton, G. To The Future: Non-Lethal Capabilities Technologies in the 21st Century, presentation to the University of New Hampshire’s Non-lethal Technology and Academic Research III symposium, November 2001.

14) Nonkinetic/limited effects/non-lethal weapons for crowd control, US Department of the Navy solicitation M67854-02-R-6064, 18 July 2002.

15) See Non-Lethal Weapons Suggested to Incapacitate Terrorists in Airliners, Air Safety Week, v. 15 n. 39, 15 October 2001.

16) Durant Y. White Paper: Delivery of chemicals by microcapsules, Advanced Polymer Laboratory, University of New Hampshire, 1998.

17) 81mm Frangible Case Cartridge, Contract DAAE-30-01-C-1077 (June 2001), US Army TACOM and M2 Technologies.

18) See Liquid Payload Dispensing Concept Studies Techniques for the 81mm Non-Lethal Mortar Cartridge, Contract DAAE-30-01-M-1444 (Sept. 2001), US Army TACOM and General Dynamics,

19) ibid.

20) Aberdeen Proving Ground: see Design and Development of an 81mm Non-Lethal Mortar Cartridge, United Defense LP, US Army Soldier Biological Chemical Command (SBCCOM), US Army Research Laboratory, March 2000.

University of New Hampshire: see Durant Y, et al, Composites material selection study for NL Mortar, presentation to the University of New Hampshire’s Non-lethal Technology and Academic Research III symposium, November 2001.

21) Fenton, G. To The Future: Non-Lethal Capabilities Technologies in the 21st Century.

22) US/UK Non-Lethal Weapons (NLW) / Urban Operations War Game Two Assessment, JNLWD, June 2000. The wargame was held 13-16 June 2000 at the US Army War College, Carlisle Barracks, PA.

23) Assessment Report: US/UK Non-Lethal Weapons (NLW)/Urban Operations Executive Seminar, JNLWD, November 2000.

24) Response letter (3 September 2002) from US Department of the Navy, Office of the Judge Advocate General, International and Operational Law Division to Sunshine Project Freedom of Information Request of 21 August 2002.

25) Several JNLWD-funded contracts indicate this. See, for example, 81mm Frangible Case Cartridge, Contract DAAE-30-01-C-1077 (June 2001), US Army TACOM and M2 Technologies, URL above.

26) Non-Lethal Weapons: Acquisitions, Capabilities, Doctrine, & Strategy: A Course of Instruction, contract M67004-99-D-0037, purchase order M9545002RCR2BA7, between the US Marine Corps University (Pennsylvania State University Applied Research Laboratory) and JNLWD, December 2001.

27) Letter from Col. George Fenton to the National Academies of Science (NAS), 17 May 2002, text provided in an e-mail from Mr. Kevin Hale, Director of the NAS National Security Office to William Colglazier, Executive Officer, 17 May 2002.

28) Letter from Kevin Hale (NAS) to Col. George Fenton (JNLWD), 17 May 2002. This letter and the e-mail of note #27 were provided by the NAS Public Affairs office.

WAKE UP!

==================================================

==================================================

US Reported In “Panic” After Chemtrail Planes Forced Down In India, Nigeria

June 29, 2009

Russian Military Analysts are reporting in the Kremlin today that US Military Forces are “panicked” over the forced landings ordered by Indian and Nigerian Air Forces of two Ukrainian AN-124 aircraft [photo top left] operated by the United States Air Force and based at their gigantic, but secretive, Diego Garcia http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diego_Garcia#Strategic_importance air base located in the Indian Ocean.

According to these reports, China’s People’s Liberation Army Air Force (PLAAF) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/People‘s_Liberation_Army_Air_Force notified both India and Nigerian intelligence officials about the presence of these US operated Ukrainian aircraft over their growing concerns of the United States spreading of “biological agents” throughout our Earth’s atmosphere, and which some Chinese officials are warning is an American-European attempt to conduct mass genocide via the spread of the H1N1 swine flu virus which has put the entire Global population at risk.

The first of these aircraft to be ordered down, these reports continue, was over India when a US operated AN-124 changed its call sign from civilian to military as it was preparing to enter Pakistani air space, and which triggered an immediate response from the IAF who forced it to land in Mumbai, http://www.democracyfornewhampshire.com/node/view/6649 and the second one was forced down by Nigerian fighter jets who promptly arrested http://www.kyivpost.com/nation/44128 both the crew and the plane itself.

Most strange about the reports filed by Indian and Nigerian intelligence agencies about these aircraft, other than the armaments they were carrying, were their waste disposal that these reports say could hold in excess of 45,000 kg (100,000 pounds) and from which a “technologically sophisticated” network of nano-pipes led to the trailing edges of the wings and horizontal stabilizers for “dispersing” the contents of the waste tanks in an “aerial-type mist”.

“Furious” demands made by the United States to both India and Nigeria for the release of their planes led to Indian Defense officials allowing the AN-124 they had captured to be released. Nigeria, however, had to be “forcefully persuaded” to release its captured US plane when after its initial refusal to do so than had one of their http://www.reuters.com/article/marketsNews/idUSN2536812320090625 major oil pipelines blown up by one of the many American backed terrorist groups operating in their country.

To the many, http://www.carnicom.com/contrails.htm and conflicting, http://www.nmsr.org/chemtrls.htm issues surrounding these chemtrails it is not in our expertise to examine in depth, other than to note that the American based Sunshine Project organization in a 2002 accused the US military of http://www.sunshine-project.org/publications/pr/pr240902.html “conducting a chemical weapons research and development program in violation of international arms control law”, and stated:

“JNLWD’s [US Department of Defense's Joint Non-Lethal Weapons Directorate] secret program is not focusing on highly lethal agents such as VX or sarin. Rather, the emphasis is on “non-lethal” chemical weapons that incapacitate. JNLWD’s science advisors define “non-lethal” as resulting in death or permanent injury in 1 in 100 victims.(1) JNLWD’s Research Director told a US military magazine “We need something besides tear gas, like calmatives, anesthetic agents, that would put people to sleep or in a good mood.” (2) These weapons are intended for use against “potentially hostile civilians”, in anti-terrorism operations, counterinsurgency, and other military operations.

The major focus of JNLWD’s operation is on the use of drugs as weapons, particularly so-called “calmatives” , a military term for mind-altering or sleep inducing chemical weapons.”

Curious to note about this secret US Military programme to release upon its citizens “calmative agents” is that it appears to be working as no other Nation in the World is more docile and complacent about its destruction than these Americans, who, in just one example, allowed their presidential vote for Vice President Al Gore to be stolen from them by George Bush in their 2000 election, and, even worse, fail to even notice that their current president, Barak Obama, is continuing Bush’s outlawed policies, including one of the http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/con….9062603361.html most dangerous for these people allowing the US government to hold any of them without trial forever should they be branded “terrorists”.

But, to the worst fears of our World about these new events, and as we have previously http://www.whatdoesitmean.com/index1244.htm reported on, and should China’s Intelligence Agencies be correct in their reports about the United States’ plan for mass Global genocide, we can read as reported on by noted Austrian investigative journalist Jane Burgermeister, who this past week filed criminal charges with the FBI against the World Health Organization http://www.who.int/en/ (WHO), the United Nations http://www.un.org/ (UN) of which is said:

“In her charges, Burgermeister presents evidence of acts of bioterrorism that is in violation of U.S. law by a group operating within the U.S. under the direction of international bankers who control the Federal Reserve, as well as WHO, UN and NATO. This bioterrorism is for the purpose of carrying out a mass genocide against the U.S. population by use of a genetically engineered flu pandemic virus with the intent of causing death. This group has annexed high government offices in the U.S.

Specifically, evidence is presented that the defendants, Barack Obama, President of the U.S, David Nabarro, UN System Coordinator for Influenza, Margaret Chan, Director-General of WHO, Kathleen Sibelius, Secretary of Department of Health and Human Services, Janet Napolitano, Secretary of Department of Homeland Security, David de Rotschild, banker, David Rockefeller, banker, George Soros, banker, Werner Faymann, Chancellor of Austria, and Alois Stoger, Austrian Health Minister, among others, are part of this international corporate criminal syndicate which has developed, produced, stockpiled and employed biological weapons to eliminate the population of the U.S. and other countries for financial and political gain.

The charges contend that these defendants conspired with each other and others to devise, fund and participate in the final phase of the implementation of a covert international bioweapons program involving the pharmaceutical companies Baxter and Novartis. They did this by bioengineering and then releasing lethal biological agents, specifically the “bird flu” virus and the “swine flu virus” in order to have a pretext to implement a forced mass vaccination program which would be the means of administering a toxic biological agent to cause death and injury to the people of the U.S. This action is in direct violation of the Biological Weapons Anti-terrorism Act.

Burgermeister’ s charges include evidence that Baxter AG, Austrian subsidiary of Baxter International, deliberately sent out 72 kilos of live bird flu virus, supplied by the WHO in the winter of 2009 to 16 laboratories in four counties. She claims this evidence offers clear proof that the pharmaceutical companies and international government agencies themselves are actively engaged in producing, developing, manufacturing and distributing biological agents classified as the most deadly bioweapons on earth in order to trigger a pandemic and cause mass death.”

To the American people themselves, perhaps, the worst is about to befall them as new reports from the US are stating that their Centers For Disease Control http://www.cdc.gov/ (CDC) has ordered an http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/31571476/ns/health-swine_flu/ unprecedented 600 million doses of swine flu vaccine to be forced upon these people who under their present http://www.webmd.com/cold-and-flu/news/20090426/swine_flu_20_us_cases_confirmed Swine Flu Public Health Emergency have no http://sanfransicko.tribe.net/thread/5b700034-cd2b-4638-b1ab-51223e54d052 choice but to take these vaccines or face 10 years in prison.

What makes these 600 million swine flu vaccines ordered by the US government for their people most curious is that, as it stands right now, it is IMPOSSIBLE for any vaccine to be produced for the H1N1 swine flue virus as it is continuing to evolve as http://www.breitbart.com/article.php?id=….&show_article=1 new reports from Brazil and http://www.reuters.com/article/rbssHealthcareNews/idUSLN12508620090623 Germany clearly show and, most ominously, even from the United States itself where an Oregon child “identified only as “younger than 5 years old,” died June 15, and infection with the swine flu virus was confirmed by the Oregon State Public Health Laboratory Tuesday. The child had “no known underlying medical conditions and a two-day history of fever,” and was not hospitalized” . http://www.oregonlive.com/news/index.ssf…._flu_death.html

It goes without saying, of course, that these American people have no idea about the http://www.influenza.com/Index.cfm?FA=Science_History_6 over year-long process involved in making any type of influenza vaccine once the virus stops mutating, but then again, no one ever accused these peoples of being anything other than the sheep-like simpletons they’ve become as they continue to watch the destruction of their once great Nation at the very hands of those they believe are helping them.
And to those, like us, who continue to shout true warnings at them? As absurd as it may sound, it remains the sad fact that those telling them truth are called liars, and those lying to them are believed. Never once do any of them question what their leaders and propaganda media tell them to think or believe.
————————————————

CHEMTRAIL DIVERSION FROM THE TRUTH

I believe all this chemtrail spraying is many fold. .. with heavy metals polluting the enviroment. . .They can later say the cause of all the autistic children in the USA 1 in every 150 children that have it. . .wasn’t related to mandantory vaccinations. It’s remarkable all the smears and denials that are given when the subject is put up for any serious debate. Much of this could be just bullying and some kind of psyops operation……….fear junk. You think? Think about the all the lawsuits that it would bring. . . . . . it would really bring down their big business or science of necromancy………. if everyone with a child with this disorder sued. http://childhealthsafety.wordpress.com/2009/06/03/japvaxautism/

==================================================

==================================================

MASS evacuation bus on the road! swineflu-fema camp preparation?? you bet..

DESCRIPTION TOOKEN FROM VIDEO ALSO

THIS IS NOT MY VIDEO THE ORIG. IS Mass Evacuation Bus Cruising Down The Highway. Could this be in for Preparations for the Swine Flu AKA W.H.O. Flu, FEMA Drills, something we dont know about yet??
I also want to addd today my husband was workng at the county jail and several people in a white prisoner bus with no markings showed up through the salli port. They were dressed in blue pants, white shirt with an unknown patch that was red white and blue.He has done plenty of work in the jails and never seen something odd lke this before, nor this patch. Any sugg.’s

INFO:
An ambulance bus is a mass casualty, mass evacuation, mass decontamination, or mass quarantine vehicle for transporting large numbers of patients from a mass casualty incident. A typical ambulance bus transports 20 to 24 patients on stretchers.
Ambulance buses are used as mass evacuation vehicles, to transport large numbers of stretchered patients
The AmbuBus Kit (Bus Stretcher Conversion Kit) is an effective and efficient solution for mass evacuation and transport of special needs patients, casualties, and others who require non-ambulatory transport. Quickly and easily retrofit vehicles of oppurtunity into mass casualty transport vehicles. With only 1 palletized Kit (2 Frames), convert an existing passenger bus into an Ambulance Bus capable of safely transporting 18 stretchers and IVs along with 6 operators and their medical support equipment. The ruggedized and palletized crate allows for quick and simple logistics for pre-positioning and emergency response. The kit is all-inclusive requiring no additional tools for assembly.
——————————————–

yah from from what I’ve gathered there is probability of eboli virus in tainted in the vaccine (not the tami flu that is before the vaccine for what ever strain there is) and CDC wants to do their own cleanup. . .erasing their proof (they have the coffins already waiting. . .)

You forgot to put at the bottom of the article:

[Ed. Note: Western governments and their intelligence services actively campaign against the information found in these reports so as not to alarm their citizens about the many catastrophic Earth changes and events to come, a stance that the Sisters of Sorcha Faal strongly disagrees with in believing that it is every human beings right to know the truth. Due to our missions conflicts with that of those governments, the responses of their ‘agents’ against us has been a longstanding misinformation/misdirection campaign designed to discredit and which is addressed in the report “Who Is Sorcha Faal?”.]

Translation to Spanish by: Sister Maru Barraza, Mazatlán, Mexico

www.whatdoesitmean.com/index1244.htm

(I looked up Who Is Sorcha Faal and she is suppose to be a russian disinformation queen and disseminates worthless information just for kicks. . .although there are arguments either way of who she really is. . .)

I think a lot of it is suppose to scare the socks off of us. . .It is more entertaining than any horror fiick Ive ever watched. . .

It also has a link to ‘signs’ on the north and south carolina border from the article. .. that says “emergency containment area here” Well for one I know its been there for more than couple of years now. . .

okaaaaaaaaaaay I’m giving this conspiracy stuff a rest. . . taking some time off. . .to stay well grounded. . .have fun

No there is really no way to verify this . . .we have to look through the muke of lies and perhaps rely on good common sense and history to decide what truth is reflected back ………

flipping a coin. . .heads or tails? truth or dare?
———————————————————–

“Emergency Containment Area”… Possible Martial Law Indicator?

Video Description: Several days ago I discovered this road sign had been erected overnight on a route I travel almost daily. It was placed at the entrance to a D.O.T. highway “rest area”. Should this be considered as an indicator of potential martial law enforcement and travel restriction. Or, should it be considered as standard D.O.T. signage used to indicate some sort of designated contingency response area?

Has anyone else seen similar signs in their area? Or, does anyone with D.O.T. and/or emergency response experience have any insights to add?

Just thought y’all might be interested to see this.

————————————————————-

fema headquarters urbana il

confirmed from a champaign firefighter that this wierd place is fema headquarters and also told me about other stuff what there little plan is
confirmed the fema caskets as well as the location pretty sad to see this is america but turning into something very evil copy and spread this info


http://www.youtube.com/v/BHpGPqbvm_g

Describing his session at BarCamp Sydney 5 as a way to get free money from the government, Matthew Landauer talks about Australia’s Government 2.0 task force and how they are looking to spend for web savvy people with innovative ideas on meshing the web with government.

WATCH VIDEO AT THE BOTTOM OF LINK

now the NWO nazi GUV is PAYING people to spy on each other and collect info on EVERYTHING people do on the internet.

http://gov2.net.au/ LINK

Some early reflections
2009 June 30
1 Comment
by martinstewartweeks

A few quick thoughts from the initial launch of the Task Force…

There was some early discussion about the credibility of the task force itself and its lack of obvious ‘heavy’ web/tech representation. Actually the group is pretty balanced and has a good mix of perspectives. But I made the point at the Web 2.0 in Govt conference last week that people shouldn’t fuss too much about the TF and its membership, but rather see the announcement as a crack that ‘let’s the light in’ as Leonard Cohen might put it! It’s an opportunity and we all need to play a role in making the most of it.

It’s reasonable to expect that TF will demonstrate the principles and culture of Web 2 in its own operations and keep the conversation as open and “outside in” as possible.

We have to work out ways to engage these issues with key public sector leaders and policy makers. The point about Government 2.0 is that it is fundamentally a discussion about government itself. So we need to ‘mainstream’ its deliberations and conversations so it can’t be parked as a tech-driven side show.

We will also have to think carefully about the best way to talk with the communities we want to engage, including the already active and highly connected and those who may not yet be counted amongst the technorati but who have forceful views and great insights to share.

I think the task force is a massive opportunity to connect three big conversations – one about the emergence of a new public sector (culture, institutions, processes etc), one about improving service delivery and another about lifting the quality, reach and impact of citizen/community engagement. We should always try and keep the ‘frame’ of our deliberations as wide as possible to show how these three conversations, transformed by the instincts, tools and culture of the new social media, merge into a larger story.

Maybe we can see the TF as a combination of ‘platform’ (ie a space in which we can draw a sustained and energetic discussion, including linking to spaces where that discussion is already happening), a show case (to illustrate what’s possible and how it adds value) and offering helpful advice (to give government some practical guidance about how to accelerate the adoption of Web 2.0 tools, capabilities and behaviours in the public sector…). This last one especially…”don’t lecture us”, one public servant said the other day at the Web 2.0 conference…”give us advice and encouragement”. Good point…

Finally, it’s inevitable I guess that the conversations here on the blog and elsewhere will diverge in all sorts of directions. But we have a chance gradually to ‘sort and sift’ the ideas into some larger themes. A bit of structure won’t hurt! That’s not about narrowing the discussion but simply the reality that we need to balance the open debate with the need to respond to the specific questions we’ve been asked to consider.

from → Uncategorized
Data.gov
2009 June 28
2 Comments
by professorbrianfitzgerald

Data.gov

In giving evidence before the – Victorian Parliament – Economic Development and Infrastructure Committee’s Inquiry into Improving Access to Victorian Public Sector Information and Data my sister Professor Anne Fitzgerald quoted a passage from an article published in the Yale Journal of Law and Technology which addressed the role that the US federal government should have in modernising its internet infrastructure:

In order for public data to benefit from the same innovation and dynamism that characterize private parties’ use of the Internet, the federal government must reimagine its role as an information provider. Rather than struggling, as it currently does, to design sites that meet each enduser need, it should focus on creating a simple, reliable and publicly accessible infrastructure that “exposes” the underlying data. Private actors, either nonprofit or commercial, are better suited to deliver government information to citizens and can constantly create and reshape the tools individuals use to find and leverage public data. The best way to ensure that the government allows private parties to compete on equal terms in the provision of government data is to require that federal websites themselves use the same open systems for accessing the underlying data as they make available to the public at large. 328 (David Robinson, Harlan Yu, William Zeller, Edward Felten, ‘Government data and the invisible hand’, Yale Journal of Law and Technology, vol. 11, no. Fall 2008).

The Economic Development and Infrastructure Committee’s report quoted this evidence (at page 109)

The establishment of the Data.gov website in the US embodies this philosophy. (See as background President Obama’s Memorandum for the Heads of Executive Departments and Agencies : Transparency and Open Government (January 2009))

The Data.gov website explains its role as follows:

About

The purpose of Data.gov is to increase public access to high value, machine readable datasets generated by the Executive Branch of the Federal Government.

As a priority Open Government Initiative for President Obama’s administration, Data.gov increases the ability of the public to easily find, download, and use datasets that are generated and held by the Federal Government. Data.gov provides descriptions of the Federal datasets (metadata), information about how to access the datasets, and tools that leverage government datasets. The data catalogs will continue to grow as datasets are added. Federal, Executive Branch data are included in the first version of Data.gov.

Participatory Democracy

Public participation and collaboration will be one of the keys to the success of Data.gov. Data.gov enables the public to participate in government by providing downloadable Federal datasets to build applications, conduct analyses, and perform research. Data.gov will continue to improve based on feedback, comments, and recommendations from the public and therefore we encourage individuals to suggest datasets they’d like to see, rate and comment on current datasets, and suggest ways to improve the site.

Goal

A primary goal of Data.gov is to improve access to Federal data and expand creative use of those data beyond the walls of government by encouraging innovative ideas (e.g., web applications). Data.gov strives to make government more transparent and is committed to creating an unprecedented level of openness in Government. The openness derived from Data.gov will strengthen our Nation’s democracy and promote efficiency and effectiveness in Government.

For some interesting examples of what can be done see Rewired State (UK)

from → Uncategorized
Access to PSI – Policy
2009 June 27
Leave a comment
by professorbrianfitzgerald

In relation to access to Public Sector Information (PSI) issues people may be interested in looking at some of the following documents.

In June 2008 the OECD recommended a set of principles for enhanced access to and use of PSI. Australia is a member of the OECD.

The Review of the National Innovation System (Cutler Review) in the Venturous Australia report in late 2008 recommended amongst other things that “Recommendation 7.7 – Australia should establish a National Information Strategy to optimise the flow of information in the Australian economy.” (See Chapter 7 generally)

A comprehensive literature review of access policies and principles has been undertaken by our research group at QUT.

Last Thursday the Victorian Parliament’s EDI Committee released it report titled: Inquiry into Improving Access to Victorian Public Sector Information and Data

from → Uncategorized
Layered Participation
2009 June 25
2 Comments
by Nicholas Gruen

If you click on this link you’ll find an interesting Vox Pop tool for public deliberation on what should be the “Top [policy] priorities for Australia”. Now although public discussion of this kind is by definition useful or at least wholly in the spirit of democracy, there’s a problem. Or rather a number of problems. One is that it’s a kind of Vox Pop approach to policy – which is to say that as people swim through the issues on the list and vote for or against various propositions, their views may be almost completely uninformed. Since we don’t require people to prove their informed to vote, this isn’t a show stopper. But nor are they representative. Not only are they not representative, but the moment such a site began to have any direct significance it would immediately be a potential target for various political campaigns. IIRC when Barack Obama asked citizens to nominate their top priorities in a similar kind of exercise, a group seeking to liberalise marijuana laws got going and registered thousands of votes to push their issue up the agenda.

Anyway Paul Roberts offers this gloss on the new tool (comment 10 in this discussion thread).

After some more thought I feel that I have a germ of an idea. I’d call it ”layered participation”. It just occurred to me this evening so I’m floating this as an idea without much critical analysis. I’ll see what the crowd reaction is.

The citizens priority tool would be broadly in line with as is developed. It would be used by the digital literati for the most part. I would call this the underlying layer. I’m suggesting an additional layer – an overarching one in terms of participation rate – drawing on the contributions from the underlying layer. The “overarching layer” would have an incredibly easy UI and would invite/attract many more citizens to share their view of priorities by polling them. Like, “Here are the top 5 priorities from the underlying layer, what do you think? Make your selection here”.

In summary, the concept is one of layered influence. Those willing and able to identify and describe a priority, and to make a judgment on a mass of other priorities, can do so. Those that are either not willing or able, through circumstance or whatever, can still participate at another level. Tick the box. As I say this is just the germ of an idea. It may be a silly idea. But I offer it for consideration.

No Paul, it’s not a silly idea – or at least I don’t think it is. It is the beginning of building a bridge between the simple vox pop and something which is offering some tentative possibilities of finding a way ofordering preferences. To do so it imposes opportunity costs on voting for one thing – because voting for one thing means not voting for something else – just as it does in a ballot box. Another thing I think is important is finding ways of building reputation on the net. Of course e-Bay has been doing it for a long time, as has www.ratemyprofessors.com. Slashdot has a protocol through which people can qualify to be unusually worthy commenters. We need to build those kinds of mechanisms to add depth to the discussion, rather than just have a cacophony of voices full of sound and fury and signifying nothing (well at least less than it might).

from → Uncategorized
Speech: Launch of the Government 2.0 Taskforce
2009 June 22
10 Comments
by Lindsay Tanner

THE HON LINDSAY TANNER MP
MINISTER FOR FINANCE AND DEREGULATION
MEMBER FOR MELBOURNE
LAUNCH OF THE GOVERNMENT 2.0 TASKFORCE
Government 2.0 Public Sphere, Parliament House
Monday 22 June 2009

read more…

from → Announcements, Events
Our design competition
2009 June 22
20 Comments
by Nicholas Gruen

Whilst preparing for the launch of the Taskforce and this website we were looking at a mock up of the site. It looked a little bare. We needed a banner. Then we thought . . . who better to supply the banner than you? So rather than send the job off to the department’s usual designer we thought we’d hold a competition to design a banner for our site, and a logo for the Taskforce.

The prize? Well like a lot of things on Web 2.0, there’s no money involved, just your pride in your work and the opportunity to have that pride vindicated and acknowledged publicly – in short a platform to show the world how good you are! And a platform to express graphically the potential of Government 2.0.

So get to it and good luck!
The fine print

The banner should be 920 pixels wide by 180 high. The logo can be in dimensions of your choosing. For quick loading, the file size of the banner should be no more than 50Ks. Note that the existing banner identifies the site, so your banner should do so too. The file size of your logo should be no more than 500Ks and may not be accepted if it is not. The logo should be provided in a scalable (preferably vector based) or high quality version so it can be incorporated in any potential printed documents. Please use a popular graphics format such as jpeg, png, gif, or psd. If we wish to use your design we’ll be in touch and can sort out any further technical details at that point and not subject to a file size limitation.

You should get entries in by 10 pm Friday 3rd July 2009 after which time they may not be considered.

Whether or not you win the competition, we will take any entry as consent to have the material you submit licenced under a Creative Commons Attribution Non Commercial Use licence Australian variant 2.5.* This entails an implied assertion by you that the work is yours and/or that you have been granted permission to use and licence it under this licence. You further licence us to use the material in the event of us wishing to display or otherwise use the design you submit.

* This entails additional restrictions against commercial use compared with the default licence elsewhere on the site which is Creative Commons Attribution, Australian variant 2.5.

from → Competitions
Welcome to the Government 2.0 Taskforce
2009 June 22
61 Comments
by Nicholas Gruen
done

The expression Web 2.0 was coined by Tim O’Reilly . . .

Let me start that again. The line you have last read is well . . . wrong. I’ve been saying that Tim O’Reilly coined the expression for a while now – quoting other sources. But, wanting to check dates and link to an authoritative source Wikipedia corrected me. I think I first checked my facts on this from Wikipedia a while back. But the world has moved on.* This is what Wikipedia said at the time of writing this post. “The term “Web 2.0″ was coined by Darcy DiNucci in 1999.” So welcome to the world of Web 2.0, a world in which the internet has morphed from being an increasingly useful platform for connecting governments and firms with citizens for ‘point to point’ broadcasting and feedback, to being a platform for collaborative endeavour.

That’s the platform that brought us the extraordinary phenomenon of Wikipedia where people collaborate to build an encyclopedia in ‘real time’. I think of the miracle of software that writes itself – open source software – as the original Web 2.0 phenomenon, though some disagree because its roots go back at least to the early 1990s (depending on how you define terms). Then again, as I argued in a couple of pieces recently, Web 2.0 is a world in which public assets assemble themselves with no central funding from government. Language is the quintessential public good. Yet no one passed the hat around to fund its development. It developed as an accretion of life itself, as a byproduct of our natural human sociality. In fact there are lots of these (what I’ve called) ‘emergent public goods’ around, and yet economists have paid surprisingly little attention to them.

Another ‘emergent public good’ is government itself. read more…

=======================================================

=======================================================

DIGITAL T.V IS A NWO TOOL

http://www.voxroxx.com/archives/1575
The Sound of Silence – The Antithesis of Freedom
Jun 12 2009

EVERYONE must be made aware of this…

By A. True Ott, PhD, ND

[Editor's Note: This is an extremely timely and important essay. It overviews a secret Pentagon psychotronics technology known as Silent Sound Spread Spectrum (SSSS) that has been fully operational since the early 1990s. I first found out about the use of this technology from Al Bielek in a 1992 video he made with Vladimir Terziski. This technology was used against battle-hardened Iraqi troops fortified in deep underground bunkers in Kuwait and Iraq in the first Gulf War in January of 1991.

haarp_13

The physical, emotional, and psychological effects of this technology were so severe that hundreds of thousands of Iraqi troops surrended en masse without firing even a single shot against U.S. led coalition forces. The numbers reported in the news were staggering: 75,000 and then annother 125,000 (or more) Iraqi troops would come out of their deep desert bunkers waving white flags and falling to their knees before approaching U.S. troops and literally kiss their captor's boots or hands if given the opportunity. Why would eight year veterans of Middle Eastern warfare (with Iran 1980-1988) behave this way? Simple. They were subjected to a technology that was so extreme and incomprehensible that they were suddenly reduced to the level of compliant children and felt grateful to still be alive in the wake of their mind-wrenching experience.

This technology is about to be used, albeit in a more subtle fashion, against American citizens in a highly classified and covert operation to mind control and manipulate the entire population into 'compliance' with our New World order overlords. The technology will utilize a combination of HAARP transmitters, GWEN towers, microwave cell phone towers, and the soon-to-be-mandatory High Definition DIGITAL TV that will enter your home via A) Cable, B) Satellite, C) HD TVs, or D) those oh-so-easy -to-obtain "Digital Converter boxes" that the government is so anxious to help you obtain and underwrite most of the cost on your behalf.

la_tower_from_hellBut why is the government so anxious to help American citizens experience a clearer and more highly defined television picture? Does that make sense to you? Since when is the government so concerned about the visual quality of our televised entertainment that congress would pass an undebated statutory proclamation which mandated that the HD conversion take place on Feb. 17, 2009 and and then subsidze about 90% of the associated cost? I'm only guessing, but if there are 200 million "regular" televisions in America to be converted into HD, then that $40 in government subsidy per TV x 200,000,000 = 8 billion dollars.

Why is the government so anxious to spend $8 billion dollars on her citizens to improve the clarity of a TV picture? Or is the recently touted "additional bandwidth" cover story that supposedly is to be gained with the HD technology the only and genuine reason for spending so much taxpayer dollars on HD conversion?

The second service that this author performs is to "out" two of our more deceptive alleged CIA/Pentagon 'assets' masquerading under the rubric of natural health advocates. Their names are Rima Laibow and her husband, former Major General Albert Stubblebine. If your e-mail Inbox has been filling with warnings and articles in recent months about the coming Codex regulations http://www4.dr-rath-foundation.org/THE_FOUNDATION/Events/codex-beware.htm and the "wonderful" job that Rima and her retired Army husband have been doing to try and stem the tide, http://educate-yourself.org/lte/actionab....tml#CodexExpert hen you know who I'm talking about.

Folks, is it time to wake up yet? Or should we just resume our slumber and wait for them to take us away in those spiffy Gunderson prisoner train cars that Phil Schneider warned us about in 1995 (you know, the ones with the built in shackles and manacles)? ...Ken Adachi]

Read FULL Story Here (it’s quite a read but you must read the entire page to the very end). http://educate-yourself.org/cn/soundsofsilence11dec08.shtml

=======================================================

=======================================================

David Icke DONT TAKE SWINE FLU VACCINE

Prince talks about chemtrails on live tv

John Kuhles (ExomatrixTV)
http://whynotnews.eu

Now you know WHY mainstream can NOT handle it !

original uploader http://youtube.com/lcfuser.

TIP: http://cleanairandwater.net

UK MAINSTREAM MEDIA ADMITS: Swine flu Vaccine Rushed through Safety Checks: http://www.timesplus.co.uk/tto/news/?login=false&url=http://www.thetimes.co.uk/tto/news/uk/

It is great that people who are in the public eye such as http://davidicke.com are confident to say DO NOT HAVE THE VACCINE. I wish more prominent and public figures would do the same but they are scared and dare to risk their reputation by openly speaking their mind. It is times like these that you see and hear the unaffected voices of wisdom. Beyond all the bling and fancy cars/posh houses those that are still human are wanting to speak.

Please search on youtube 1976 swine flu pandemic

Jane Burgermeisters blog : http://birdflu666.wordpress.com Official documents of evidence and charges can be viewed and downloaded here:

Evidence of the Use of Pandemic Flu to Depopulate USA: http://www.scribd.com/doc/17044769/Ev

Criminal Charges – Swine Flu Edits v2[1]-
http://www.scribd.com/doc/17044758/Cr

NUREMBERG CODE:
http://ohsr.od.nih.gov/guidelines/nur

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nurember…
Cytokine Storm:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cytokine…

Shadow Elite NEEDS a NWO Mafia to have a Global Militarization of Police enforcing UNJUST (Eugenics) laws Shadow Elite LOVES criminalizing REAL solutions suppressed cures inventions & legalizing Corporate Crimes! Google Corporatism, “When Healing Become a Crime” & “Hemp Revolution” industrial Hemp

Majority of Germans helping Nazis 1933-1945 considered themselves as “spiritual” & “peaceful” they claim they only have to get rid of those who are “unworthy” living in the “Neue Ordnung” (New Order)

2009 David Icke EVENTS STILL TO COME ACROSS THE WORLD: Phoenix, Arizona (October 17th); Seattle/Vancouver (October 4th); Amsterdam (September 19th); Gothenburg, Sweden (October 24th); Athens, Greece (November 7th); Zurich, Switzerland (November 14th). more info: http://davidicke.com

================================================

================================================

http://dprogram.net/2009/07/12/ex-ibm-em….for-rfid-chips/
Ex-IBM Employee reveals TV Abandoned Analog Band to Make Room for RFID Chips

Posted by sakerfa on July 12, 2009

According to a former 31-year IBM employee, the highly-publicized, mandatory switch from analog to digital television is mainly being done to free up analog frequencies and make room for scanners used to read implantable RFID microchips and track people and products throughout the world.

So while the American people, especially those in Texas and other busy border states, have been inundated lately with news reports advising them to hurry and get their expensive passports, “enhanced driver’s licenses,” passport cards and other “chipped” or otherwise trackable identification devices that they are being forced to own, this digital television/RFID connection has been hidden, according to Patrick Redmond.

Redmond, a Canadian, held a variety of jobs at IBM before retiring, including working in the company’s Toronto lab from 1992 to 2007, then in sales support. He has given talks, written a book and produced a DVD on the aggressive, growing use of passive, semi-passive and active RFID chips (Radio Frequency Identification Devices) implanted in new clothing, in items such as Gillette Fusion blades, and in countless other products that become one’s personal belongings. These RFID chips, many of which are as small, or smaller, than the tip of a sharp pencil, also are embedded in all new U.S. passports, some medical cards, a growing number of credit and debit cards and so on. More than two billion of them were sold in 2007.

Whether active, semi-passive or passive, these “transponder chips,” as they’re sometimes called, can be accessed or activated with “readers” that can pick up the unique signal given off by each chip and glean information from it on the identity and whereabouts of the product or person, depending on design and circumstances, as Redmond explained in a little-publicized lecture in Canada last year. AFP just obtained a DVD of his talk.

Noted “Spychips” expert, author and radio host Katherine Albrecht told AMERICAN FREE PRESS that while she’s not totally sure whether there is a rock-solid RFID-DTV link, “The purpose of the switch [to digital] was to free up bandwidth. It’s a pretty wide band, so freeing that up creates a huge swath of frequencies.”

As is generally known, the active chips have an internal power source and antenna; these particular chips emit a constant signal. “This allows the tag to send signals back to the reader, so if I have a RFID chip on me and it has a battery, I can just send a signal to a reader wherever it is,” Redmond stated in the recent lecture, given to the Catholic patriot group known as the Pilgrims of Saint Michael, which also is known for advocating social credit, a dramatic monetary reform plan to end the practice of national governments bringing money into existence by borrowing it, with interest, from private central banks. The group’s publication The Michael Journal advocates having national governments create their own money interest-free. It also covers the RFID issue.

“The increased use of RFID chips is going to require the increased use of the UBF [UHF] spectrum,” Redmond said, hitting on his essential point that TV is going digital for a much different reason than the average person assumes, “They are going to stop using the [UHF] and VHF frequencies in 2009. Everything is going to go digital (in the U.S.). Canada is going to do the same thing.”

Explaining the unsettling crux of the matter, he continued: “The reason they are doing this is that the [UHF-VHF] analog frequencies are being used for the chips. They do not want to overload the chips with television signals, so the chips’ signals are going to be taking those [analog] frequencies. They plan to sell the frequencies to private companies and other groups who will use them to monitor the chips.”

Albrecht responded to that quote only by saying that it sounds plausible, since she knows some chips will indeed operate in the UHF-VHF ranges.

“Well over a million pets have been chipped,” Redmond said, adding that all 31,000 police officers in London have in some manner been chipped as well, much to the consternation of some who want that morning donut without being tracked. London also can link a RFID chip in a public transportation pass with the customer’s name. “Where is John Smith? Oh, he is on subway car 32,” Redmond said.

He added that chips for following automobile drivers – while the concept is being fought by several states in the U.S. which do not want nationalized, trackable driver’s licenses (Real ID ) – is apparently a slam dunk in Canada, where license plates have quietly been chipped. Such identification tags can contain work history, education, religion, ethnicity, reproductive history and much more.

Farm animals are increasingly being chipped; furthermore, “Some 800 hospitals in the U.S. are now chipping their patients; you can turn it down, but it’s available,” he said, adding: “Four hospitals in Puerto Rico have put them in the arms of Alzheimer’s patients, and it only costs about $200 per person.”

VeriChip, a major chip maker (the devices sometimes also are called Spychips) describes its product on its website: “About twice the length of a grain of rice, the device is typically implanted above the triceps area of an individual’s right arm. Once scanned at the proper frequency, the VeriChip responds with a unique 16 digit number which could be then linked with information about the user held on a database for identity verification, medical records access and other uses. The insertion procedure is performed under local anesthetic in a physician’s office and once inserted, is invisible to the naked eye. As an implanted device used for identification by a third party, it has generated controversy and debate.”

The circles will keep widening, Redmond predicts. Chipping children “to be able to protect them,” Redmond said, “is being promoted in the media.” After that, he believes it will come to: chip the military, chip welfare cheats, chip criminals, chip workers who are goofing off, chip pensioners – and then chip everyone else under whatever rationale is cited by government and highly-protected corporations that stand to make billions of dollars from this technology. Meanwhile, the concept is marketed by a corporate media that, far from being a watchdog of the surveillance state, is part of it, much like the media give free publicity to human vaccination programs without critical analysis on possible dangers and side effects of the vaccines.

“That’s the first time I have heard of it,” a Federal Communications Commission official claimed, when AFP asked him about the RFID-DTV issue on June 2. Preferring anonymity, he added: “I am not at all aware of that being a cause (of going to DTV).”

“Nigel Gilbert of the Royal Academy of Engineering said that by 2011 you should be able to go on Google and find out where someone is at anytime from chips on clothing, in cars, in cellphones and inside many people themselves,” Redmond also said.

To read Redmond’s full lecture, go to this online link: http://www.michaeljournal.org/newtechno.htm

==============================================

==============================================

Brand New World Order Now

Brand New World Order Now http://ConspiracyCards.com
Brought to you by: http://annunaki.wz.cz/


[QUOTE=simplify;1141989]Nosferatu DJ: Thank you for all your work in putting this his thread together. This (IMHO) is the greatest, most immediate threat humanity is now facing….so I pray that people will listen to this recent (July 21st..2009) interview with some heavyweights on the dangers of the “vaccine” & what to do.

This interview is conducted by Bill Ryan of Project Camelot, on Whistleblower Radio (the Camelot radio show) featuring Jane Bürgermeister with four other guests: Dr Rebecca Carley, Rebecca Campbell, Elizabeth Book and JoAnne Cremer. A fifth contributor called in, Burk Elder Hale – who can be contacted through his website here.

Elder reported that he had been personally told by a senior biochemist at a leading pharmaceutical company [name of company provided but withheld here to protect the source] that:

“…an aerosoled precursor has been put into the air and almost everyone has breathed it into their lungs. The biochemist states that the vaccines to be administered in the Fall will be ACTIVATED when the constituents come in contact with the aerosoled precursor in the body and will cause a rapid spread of the H1N1 Influenza A virus.
This biochemist is very upset about the matter, to say the least, and is a very reliable source that needs our utmost protection.”

We had been told something very similar by our insider source Henry Deacon, who informed us just a few days ago that chemtrails were now frequently being sprayed at 3-5 am (in the very early morning) with the specific intention to compromise the immune system.

We believe this information is credible and urgently requires further investigation.

Back to the radio show. All the guests except Jane had to suffer appalling audio interference on their phone lines. Some details were very hard to hear. A recording of the show (in case it is any better) will be posted here. These are the details of the guests, all of whom are doing important work:

Jane Bürgermeister : legal action against vaccine manufacturers.

Dr Rebecca Carley : research about the harmful effects of vaccines and Tamiflu, strongly recommending colloidal silver as an antiviral.

Rebecca Campbell : research on the financial connections between ‘Big Pharma’ and government and other institutions ["Follow the Money" - as in 9/11].

Elizabeth Book : Florida-based grassroots political activist.

JoAnne Cremer : originator of a large and rapidly growing Facebook Group entitled END FORCED VACCINATIONS

http://americanfreedomradio.com/Project_Camelot_09.html
http://projectcamelot.org/

=============================================

=============================================

i am sick of all the sheeple ( do they want to wake up? )

djdarren2056′s webcam recorded Video – August 03, 2009, 12:38 AM

GET OUT AND MAKE A DIFFERENCE

you want freedom? help is here.
http://www.davidicke.com/forum/showthread.php?t=72151

WWOOF Willing Workers On Organic Farms Australia
http://informationstation.ning.com/forum/topics/wwoof-willing-workers-on

where it all starts. the difference between awake and asleep, people and sheeple

can you do this?
can you make a difference?
can you make a change?

can you live the rest of your life of fear?

OR are you going to get out there and make a difference in the world?

————————————————————————–

How to fight the NWO Tips from Nosferatu DJ aka djdarren2056

yeah yeah… i am jumping on the train… lets travel into the land of “how to fight the NWO”

http://www.abc.net.au/news/justin/
http://www.stevequayle.com/index1.html
http://xenophilius.wordpress.com/
http://www.popsci.com.au/
http://www.physorg.com/latest-news/
http://www.myausnet.com/index.php
http://www.abovetopsecret.com/
http://www.abc.net.au/rn/ockhamsrazor/
http://uncensored.co.nz/
http://www.worldinternetradio-winr.com/index.html
http://informationstation.ning.com/
http://www.davidicke.com/forum/
http://www.infowarstv.com/
http://www.infowars.com/
http://forum.prisonplanet.com/index.php
http://www.truthaction.org.au/
http://www.911oz.com/vbulletin/index.php
http://www.resistance.org.au/
http://www.switchoffhazelwood.org/
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/concernedaussiecit/
http://www.facebook.com/group.php?gid=19369395758
http://truthaction.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=4006
http://twitter.com/

================================================

================================================

Chemtrails, HAARP and more Weather Warfare CONFIRMED by History Channel 1/4

do i need to say it again???? oh ok i do!…….
WAKE UP!!!!!!!!

==================================================

==================================================

http://informationstation.ning.com/video/soylent-green-is-people

http://www.soylent-green.com/links.html

how easy humans forget….

Set in the year 2022, Soylent Green depicts a dystopian future in which the population has grown to forty million in New York City alone. Most housing is dilapidated and overcrowded, and the impoverished homeless fill the streets and line the fire escapes and stairways of buildings. Food as we know it today–including fruit, vegetables, and meat–is a rare and expensive commodity. Half of the world’s population survives on processed rations produced by the massive Soylent Corporation (Portmanteau from soy(bean) + lent(il)), including Soylent Red and Soylent Yellow, which are advertised as “high-energy vegetable concentrates”. The newest product is Soylent Green – a small green wafer which is advertised as being produced from “high-energy plankton”. It is much more nutritious and palatable than the red and yellow varieties, but it is—like most other food—in short supply, which often leads to riots. Robert Thorn (Charlton Heston) is a New York City police detective who lives in a dilapidated, cramped one-room apartment with his aged partner Sol Roth (Edward G. Robinson). Roth is a former professor who searches through the now-disordered remnants of written records and books to help Thorn’s investigations. Roth and his like are known as “books”. He tells Thorn about the times before the ecological disaster and population crisis, when real food was plentiful, although Thorn is generally not interested in the “stories”.

In the meantime, Roth examines oceanographic reports (that Thorn took from Simonson’s apartment) with other intellectuals at the “supreme exchange,” a library of old books. The other books convince Roth of a “horrible” truth, which despite reading it for himself he finds almost impossible to believe. The “books” intend to use the overwhelming evidence against the Soylent Corporation and to prove what Soylent is doing before taking it to the Council of Nations. Unable to live with what he has uncovered, Roth opts for assisted suicide or active, voluntary euthanasia (euphemistically known as “going home”) at a government clinic. There, he is taken to a comfortable bed, is given a poison-laced beverage, and is shown panoramic views of an unspoiled pristine Earth as he dies. As Roth is viewing this, Thorn (who has since read a note from Roth that he is “going home”) forces the staff to allow him to see and talk to Roth. He thus sees the earth as it once was for the first time. Overwhelmed at seeing what is for him such wondrous natural beauty, he is moved to tears. During Roth’s final moments, he begs Thorn to prove the horrible truth about “Simonson… Soylent.”

After Roth dies, Thorn sneaks into the basement of the government-assisted suicide facility, where he sees corpses being loaded onto waste disposal trucks. He secretly hitches a ride on one of the trucks, which is driven to a heavily guarded waste disposal plant. Once inside the plant, Thorn sees how the corpses are processed into Soylent Green wafers. After Thorn escapes from the plant and heads for the supreme exchange with the information, he is ambushed by Fielding and several other gunmen. In the shootout, Thorn kills some of the gunmen, but is himself wounded. He retreats into a cathedral filled with homeless people. After a desperate fight, Thorn stabs and kills Fielding.

When police backup arrives, the seriously wounded and nearly hysterical Thorn confides to Hatcher the horrible secret behind Soylent Green and urges him to spread the word: “Soylent Green is people! We’ve got to stop them somehow!”
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soylent_Green

=========================================

=========================================

CHEMTRAILS REPORTED ON NATIONAL TV NEWS

http://dprogram.net/2009/07/12/ex-ibm-em….for-rfid-chips/

Ex-IBM Employee reveals TV Abandoned Analog Band to Make Room for RFID Chips

Posted by sakerfa on July 12, 2009

According to a former 31-year IBM employee, the highly-publicized, mandatory switch from analog to digital television is mainly being done to free up analog frequencies and make room for scanners used to read implantable RFID microchips and track people and products throughout the world.

So while the American people, especially those in Texas and other busy border states, have been inundated lately with news reports advising them to hurry and get their expensive passports, “enhanced driver’s licenses,” passport cards and other “chipped” or otherwise trackable identification devices that they are being forced to own, this digital television/RFID connection has been hidden, according to Patrick Redmond.

Redmond, a Canadian, held a variety of jobs at IBM before retiring, including working in the company’s Toronto lab from 1992 to 2007, then in sales support. He has given talks, written a book and produced a DVD on the aggressive, growing use of passive, semi-passive and active RFID chips (Radio Frequency Identification Devices) implanted in new clothing, in items such as Gillette Fusion blades, and in countless other products that become one’s personal belongings. These RFID chips, many of which are as small, or smaller, than the tip of a sharp pencil, also are embedded in all new U.S. passports, some medical cards, a growing number of credit and debit cards and so on. More than two billion of them were sold in 2007.

Whether active, semi-passive or passive, these “transponder chips,” as they’re sometimes called, can be accessed or activated with “readers” that can pick up the unique signal given off by each chip and glean information from it on the identity and whereabouts of the product or person, depending on design and circumstances, as Redmond explained in a little-publicized lecture in Canada last year. AFP just obtained a DVD of his talk.

Noted “Spychips” expert, author and radio host Katherine Albrecht told AMERICAN FREE PRESS that while she’s not totally sure whether there is a rock-solid RFID-DTV link, “The purpose of the switch [to digital] was to free up bandwidth. It’s a pretty wide band, so freeing that up creates a huge swath of frequencies.”

As is generally known, the active chips have an internal power source and antenna; these particular chips emit a constant signal. “This allows the tag to send signals back to the reader, so if I have a RFID chip on me and it has a battery, I can just send a signal to a reader wherever it is,” Redmond stated in the recent lecture, given to the Catholic patriot group known as the Pilgrims of Saint Michael, which also is known for advocating social credit, a dramatic monetary reform plan to end the practice of national governments bringing money into existence by borrowing it, with interest, from private central banks. The group’s publication The Michael Journal advocates having national governments create their own money interest-free. It also covers the RFID issue.

“The increased use of RFID chips is going to require the increased use of the UBF [UHF] spectrum,” Redmond said, hitting on his essential point that TV is going digital for a much different reason than the average person assumes, “They are going to stop using the [UHF] and VHF frequencies in 2009. Everything is going to go digital (in the U.S.). Canada is going to do the same thing.”

Explaining the unsettling crux of the matter, he continued: “The reason they are doing this is that the [UHF-VHF] analog frequencies are being used for the chips. They do not want to overload the chips with television signals, so the chips’ signals are going to be taking those [analog] frequencies. They plan to sell the frequencies to private companies and other groups who will use them to monitor the chips.”

Albrecht responded to that quote only by saying that it sounds plausible, since she knows some chips will indeed operate in the UHF-VHF ranges.

“Well over a million pets have been chipped,” Redmond said, adding that all 31,000 police officers in London have in some manner been chipped as well, much to the consternation of some who want that morning donut without being tracked. London also can link a RFID chip in a public transportation pass with the customer’s name. “Where is John Smith? Oh, he is on subway car 32,” Redmond said.

He added that chips for following automobile drivers – while the concept is being fought by several states in the U.S. which do not want nationalized, trackable driver’s licenses (Real ID ) – is apparently a slam dunk in Canada, where license plates have quietly been chipped. Such identification tags can contain work history, education, religion, ethnicity, reproductive history and much more.

Farm animals are increasingly being chipped; furthermore, “Some 800 hospitals in the U.S. are now chipping their patients; you can turn it down, but it’s available,” he said, adding: “Four hospitals in Puerto Rico have put them in the arms of Alzheimer’s patients, and it only costs about $200 per person.”

VeriChip, a major chip maker (the devices sometimes also are called Spychips) describes its product on its website: “About twice the length of a grain of rice, the device is typically implanted above the triceps area of an individual’s right arm. Once scanned at the proper frequency, the VeriChip responds with a unique 16 digit number which could be then linked with information about the user held on a database for identity verification, medical records access and other uses. The insertion procedure is performed under local anesthetic in a physician’s office and once inserted, is invisible to the naked eye. As an implanted device used for identification by a third party, it has generated controversy and debate.”

The circles will keep widening, Redmond predicts. Chipping children “to be able to protect them,” Redmond said, “is being promoted in the media.” After that, he believes it will come to: chip the military, chip welfare cheats, chip criminals, chip workers who are goofing off, chip pensioners – and then chip everyone else under whatever rationale is cited by government and highly-protected corporations that stand to make billions of dollars from this technology. Meanwhile, the concept is marketed by a corporate media that, far from being a watchdog of the surveillance state, is part of it, much like the media give free publicity to human vaccination programs without critical analysis on possible dangers and side effects of the vaccines.

“That’s the first time I have heard of it,” a Federal Communications Commission official claimed, when AFP asked him about the RFID-DTV issue on June 2. Preferring anonymity, he added: “I am not at all aware of that being a cause (of going to DTV).”

“Nigel Gilbert of the Royal Academy of Engineering said that by 2011 you should be able to go on Google and find out where someone is at anytime from chips on clothing, in cars, in cellphones and inside many people themselves,” Redmond also said.

To read Redmond’s full lecture, go to this online link: http://www.michaeljournal.org/newtechno.htm

John Holdren, Obama’s Science Czar, says: Forced abortions and mass sterilization needed to save the planet

John Holdren, Obama’s Science Czar, says: Forced abortions and mass sterilization needed to save the planet

Book he authored in 1977 advocates for extreme totalitarian measures to control the population

Forced abortions. Mass sterilization. A “Planetary Regime” with the power of life and death over American citizens.

The tyrannical fantasies of a madman? Or merely the opinions of the person now in control of science policy in the United States? Or both?

These ideas (among many other equally horrifying recommendations) were put forth by John Holdren, whom Barack Obama has recently appointed Director of the White House Office of Science and Technology Policy, Assistant to the President for Science and Technology, and Co-Chair of the President’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology — informally known as the United States’ Science Czar. In a book Holdren co-authored in 1977, the man now firmly in control of science policy in this country wrote that:

• Women could be forced to abort their pregnancies, whether they wanted to or not;
• The population at large could be sterilized by infertility drugs intentionally put into the nation’s drinking water or in food;
• Single mothers and teen mothers should have their babies seized from them against their will and given away to other couples to raise;
• People who “contribute to social deterioration” (i.e. undesirables) “can be required by law to exercise reproductive responsibility” — in other words, be compelled to have abortions or be sterilized.
• A transnational “Planetary Regime” should assume control of the global economy and also dictate the most intimate details of Americans’ lives — using an armed international police force.

Impossible, you say? That must be an exaggeration or a hoax. No one in their right mind would say such things.

Well, I hate to break the news to you, but it is no hoax, no exaggeration. John Holdren really did say those things, and this report contains the proof. Below you will find photographs, scans, and transcriptions of pages in the book Ecoscience, co-authored in 1977 by John Holdren and his close colleagues Paul Ehrlich and Anne Ehrlich. The scans and photos are provided to supply conclusive evidence that the words attributed to Holdren are unaltered and accurately transcribed.

This report was originally inspired by this article in FrontPage magazine, which covers some of the same information given here. But that article, although it contained many shocking quotes from John Holdren, failed to make much of an impact on public opinion. Why not? Because, as I discovered when discussing the article with various friends, there was no proof that the quotes were accurate — so most folks (even those opposed to Obama’s policies) doubted their veracity, because the statements seemed too inflammatory to be true. In the modern era, it seems, journalists have lost all credibility, and so are presumed to be lying or exaggerating unless solid evidence is offered to back up the claims. Well, this report contains that evidence.

Of course, Holdren wrote these things in the framework of a book he co-authored about what he imagined at the time (late 1970s) was an apocalyptic crisis facing mankind: overpopulation. He felt extreme measures would be required to combat an extreme problem. Whether or not you think this provides him a valid “excuse” for having descended into a totalitarian fantasy is up to you: personally, I don’t think it’s a valid excuse at all, since the crisis he was in a panic over was mostly in his imagination. Totalitarian regimes and unhinged people almost always have what seems internally like a reasonable justification for actions which to the outside world seem incomprehensible.

Direct quotes from John Holdren’s Ecoscience

Below you will find a series of ten short passages from Ecoscience. On the left in each case is a scanned image taken directly from the pages of the book itself; on the right is an exact transcription of each passage, with noteworthy sections highlighted. Below each quote is a short analysis by me.

Following these short quotes, I take a “step back” and provide the full extended passages from which each of the shorter quotes were excerpted, to provide the full context.

And at the bottom of this report, I provide untouched scans (and photos) of the full pages from which all of these passages were taken, to quash any doubts anyone might have that these are absolutely real, and to forestall any claims that the quotes were taken “out of context.”

Ready? Brace yourself. And prepare to be shocked.

More here…

http://zombietime.com/john_holdren/

http://news.cnet.com/8301-13578_3-10320096-38.html?tag=contentMain;contentBody

August 28, 2009 12:34 AM PDT
Bill would give president emergency control of Internet

Internet companies and civil liberties groups were alarmed this spring when a U.S. Senate bill proposed handing the White House the power to disconnect private-sector computers from the Internet.
They’re not much happier about a revised version that aides to Sen. Jay Rockefeller, a West Virginia Democrat, have spent months drafting behind closed doors. CNET News has obtained a copy of the 55-page draft of S.773 (excerpt), which still appears to permit the president to seize temporary control of private-sector networks during a so-called cybersecurity emergency.

The new version would allow the president to “declare a cybersecurity emergency” relating to “non-governmental” computer networks and do what’s necessary to respond to the threat. Other sections of the proposal include a federal certification program for “cybersecurity professionals,” and a requirement that certain computer systems and networks in the private sector be managed by people who have been awarded that license.
“I think the redraft, while improved, remains troubling due to its vagueness,” said Larry Clinton, president of the Internet Security Alliance, which counts representatives of Verizon, Verisign, Nortel, and Carnegie Mellon University on its board. “It is unclear what authority Sen. Rockefeller thinks is necessary over the private sector. Unless this is clarified, we cannot properly analyze, let alone support the bill.”
Representatives of other large Internet and telecommunications companies expressed concerns about the bill in a teleconference with Rockefeller’s aides this week, but were not immediately available for interviews on Thursday.
A spokesman for Rockefeller also declined to comment on the record Thursday, saying that many people were unavailable because of the summer recess. A Senate source familiar with the bill compared the president’s power to take control of portions of the Internet to what President Bush did when grounding all aircraft on Sept. 11, 2001. The source said that one primary concern was the electrical grid, and what would happen if it were attacked from a broadband connection.
When Rockefeller, the chairman of the Senate Commerce committee, and Olympia Snowe (R-Maine) introduced the original bill in April, they claimed it was vital to protect national cybersecurity. “We must protect our critical infrastructure at all costs–from our water to our electricity, to banking, traffic lights and electronic health records,” Rockefeller said.
The Rockefeller proposal plays out against a broader concern in Washington, D.C., about the government’s role in cybersecurity. In May, President Obama acknowledged that the government is “not as prepared” as it should be to respond to disruptions and announced that a new cybersecurity coordinator position would be created inside the White House staff. Three months later, that post remains empty, one top cybersecurity aide has quit, and some wags have begun to wonder why a government that receives failing marks on cybersecurity should be trusted to instruct the private sector what to do.
Rockefeller’s revised legislation seeks to reshuffle the way the federal government addresses the topic. It requires a “cybersecurity workforce plan” from every federal agency, a “dashboard” pilot project, measurements of hiring effectiveness, and the implementation of a “comprehensive national cybersecurity strategy” in six months–even though its mandatory legal review will take a year to complete.
The privacy implications of sweeping changes implemented before the legal review is finished worry Lee Tien, a senior staff attorney with the Electronic Frontier Foundation in San Francisco. “As soon as you’re saying that the federal government is going to be exercising this kind of power over private networks, it’s going to be a really big issue,” he says.
Probably the most controversial language begins in Section 201, which permits the president to “direct the national response to the cyber threat” if necessary for “the national defense and security.” The White House is supposed to engage in “periodic mapping” of private networks deemed to be critical, and those companies “shall share” requested information with the federal government. (“Cyber” is defined as anything having to do with the Internet, telecommunications, computers, or computer networks.)
“The language has changed but it doesn’t contain any real additional limits,” EFF’s Tien says. “It simply switches the more direct and obvious language they had originally to the more ambiguous (version)…The designation of what is a critical infrastructure system or network as far as I can tell has no specific process. There’s no provision for any administrative process or review. That’s where the problems seem to start. And then you have the amorphous powers that go along with it.”
Translation: If your company is deemed “critical,” a new set of regulations kick in involving who you can hire, what information you must disclose, and when the government would exercise control over your computers or network.
The Internet Security Alliance’s Clinton adds that his group is “supportive of increased federal involvement to enhance cyber security, but we believe that the wrong approach, as embodied in this bill as introduced, will be counterproductive both from an national economic and national secuity perspective.”
Update at 3:14 p.m. PDT: I just talked to Jena Longo, deputy communications director for the Senate Commerce committee, on the phone. She sent me e-mail with this statement:

The president of the United States has always had the constitutional authority, and duty, to protect the American people and direct the national response to any emergency that threatens the security and safety of the United States. The Rockefeller-Snowe Cybersecurity bill makes it clear that the president’s authority includes securing our national cyber infrastructure from attack. The section of the bill that addresses this issue, applies specifically to the national response to a severe attack or natural disaster. This particular legislative language is based on longstanding statutory authorities for wartime use of communications networks. To be very clear, the Rockefeller-Snowe bill will not empower a “government shutdown or takeover of the Internet” and any suggestion otherwise is misleading and false. The purpose of this language is to clarify how the president directs the public-private response to a crisis, secure our economy and safeguard our financial networks, protect the American people, their privacy and civil liberties, and coordinate the government’s response.

Unfortunately, I’m still waiting for an on-the-record answer to these four questions http://politechbot.com/docs/rockefeller.cybersecurity.questions.082809.txt that I asked her colleague on Wednesday. I’ll let you know if and when I get a response.

Declan McCullagh http://www.mccullagh.org/ is a contributor to CNET News and a correspondent for CBSNews.com who has covered the intersection of politics and technology for over a decade. Declan writes a regular feature called Taking Liberties, focused on individual and economic rights; you can bookmark his CBS News Taking Liberties site http://www.cbsnews.com/sections/blogs/taking_liberties/main504383.shtml

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/scalar_tech/esp_scalartech04.htm

by Nicholas Jones
September/2001

from TheUniversalSeduction Website

This article is an overview of how we are controlled by technology –from having our brainwaves deliberately changed en masse by transmitters regulating our state of consciousness, to how we are victims of electromagnetic waves disrupting the state of our health and finally how many of us will die, as decided by our global masters.

Earth is wrapped in a donut shaped magnetic field. Circular lines of flux continuously descend into the North Pole and emerge from the South Pole. The ionosphere, an electromagnetic-wave conductor, 100 kms above the earth, consists of a layer of electrically charged particles acting as a shield from solar winds. Natural waves are related to the electrical activity in the atmosphere and are thought to be caused by multiple lightning storms.

Collectively, these waves are called ”The Schumann Resonance,’ the current strongest at 7.8 Hz.

These are quasi-standing extremely low frequency (ELF) waves that naturally exist in the earth‘s ”electromagnetic” cavity, the space between the ground and the ionosphere. These ”earth brainwaves” are identical to the spectrum of our brainwaves. (1 hertz = 1 cycle per second, 1 Khz = 1000, 1 Mhz =1 million. A 1 Hertz wave is 186,000 miles long; 10 Hz is 18,600 miles. Radio waves move at the speed of light.)

The Creator designed living beings to resonate to this natural frequency pulsation in order to evolve harmoniously. The ionosphere is being manipulated by US government scientists using an Alaskan transmitter called HAARP, (High-Frequency Active Auroral Research Program) which sends focused radiated power to heat up sections of the ionosphere, which bounces power down again.

ELF waves from HAARP, when targeted on certain areas, can engineer weather and create mood changes effecting millions of people.

The intended wattage is 1,700 billion watts of power. A former govt. insider deduced they want to flip the world upside down. Sixty-four (64) elements in the ground modulate, with variation, the geomagnetic waves naturally coming from the ground. The ”earth‘s natural brain rhythm” above is balanced with these. These are the same minerals as the red blood corpuscles. There is a relation between the blood and geomagnetic waves. An imbalance between Schumann and geomagnetic waves disrupts biorhythms.

These natural geomagnetic waves are being replaced by artificially created very low frequency (VLF) ground waves coming from GWEN Towers.

WHAT ARE GWEN TOWERS?

GWEN (Ground Wave Emergency Network) transmitters, placed 200 miles apart across the USA, allow specific frequencies to be tailored to the geomagnetic-field strength in each area, allowing the magnetic field to be altered. They operate in the VLF range, with transmissions between VLF 150 and 175 KHz. They also emit UHF waves of 225 – 400 MHz.

The VLF signals travel by waves that hug the ground rather than radiate into the atmosphere. A GWEN station transmits up to a 300-mile radius, the signal dropping off sharply over distance. The entire GWEN system consists of, (depending on source of data), from 58 to an intended 300 transmitters, spread across the USA, each with a tower 299-500 ft high.

Three hundred (300) ft. of copper wire fans out in a spoke like fashion from the base of the underground system, interacting with the earth like a thin shelled conductor, radiating radio wave energy for very long distances through the ground. The USA bathes in this magnetic field which rises to 500 ft, even going down to basements, so everyone is subject to mind control. The whole artificial ground wave spreads out over USA like a web. It is easier to mind-control and hypnotize people who are bathed in an artificial electromagnetic wave.

Covering the entire floor with aluminum and buying a CET (Cosmic Energy Transformers ) cylinder from various places -one of them, Nordic Living Water Systems – can help.

GWEN transmitters have many different functions, including controlling the weather, mind, behavior and mood control of the populace. They are also used to send synthetic telepathy disguised as infrasound to those victims of US government mind-control implants.

These towers work in conjunction with HAARP and the Russian Woodpecker transmitter, a system similar to HAARP. The Russians openly market a small version of their weather-engineering system called Elate, which can fine-tune weather patterns over a 200 mile area and have the same range as the GWEN unit. One such system operates at the Moscow airport.

The GWEN Towers shoot enormous bursts of energy into the atmosphere in conjunction with HAARP. The internet website: www.cuttingedge.org, published an expose on how the major floods of 1993 in the Mid-Western United States were instigated by these systems. How does this happen?

Invisible, enormous rivers of water, consisting of vapors that flow, move towards the poles in the lower atmosphere. They rival the flow of the Amazon River and are 420 to 480 miles wide and up to 4,800 miles long.

They are 1.9 miles above the earth and move 340 lbs of water per second. There are 5 atmospheric rivers in each Hemisphere. A massive flood can be created by damming up one of these massive vapor rivers, causing huge amounts of rainfall to be dumped. The GWEN Towers positioned along the areas north of the Missouri and Mississippi Rivers were turned on for 40 days and 40 nights, probably mocking the Flood of Genesis. (This was in conjunction with HAARP).

The damming of the vapor rivers creates a river of electricity flowing thousands of miles through the sky and down to the polar ice-cap, manipulating the jet-stream. Again, these two major rivers flooded, causing agricultural losses of $12-15 billion. HAARP also produces earthquakes by focusing on the fault lines. GWEN Towers are positioned on the fault lines and volcanic areas of the Pacific Northwest.

In 1963, Dr. Robert Becker explored effects of external magnetic-fields on brainwaves, showing a relationship between psychiatric hospital admissions and solar magnetic storms. He exposed volunteers to pulsed magnetic-fields similar to magnetic storms, and found a similar response. In the United States, sixty (60) Hz electric-power ELF waves vibrate at the same frequency as the human brain. In the United Kingdom, fifty (50) Hz electricity emissions depress the thyroid.

Dr. Andrija Puharich (in the 1950 & 60s), found that a clairvoyant‘s brainwaves turned to 8 Hz when their psychic powers were operative. In 1956, he observed an Indian Yogi controlling his brainwaves, deliberately shifting his consciousness from one level to another. Puharich trained people via bio-feedback to do this consciously, that is, creating 8 Hz waves with the technique of bio-feedback. A psychic healer generated 8 Hz waves through a hands-on healing process, actually alleviating that patient‘s heart trouble; the healer‘s brain emitting 8 Hz.

One person, emitting a certain frequency, can make another also resonate to the same frequency. Our brains are extremely vulnerable to any technology that sends out ELF waves, because they immediately start resonating to the outside signal by a kind of tuning-fork effect.

Puharich further experimented, discovering that,

*

7.83 Hz (earth‘s pulse rate) made a person ”feel good,” producing an altered-state
*

10.80 Hz causes riotous behavior
*

6.6 Hz causes depression.

Puharich made ELF waves change RNA and DNA in the body, breaking hydrogen bonds to make a person resonate at a higher vibratory rate. He really wanted to go beyond the psychic 8 Hz brainwave and attract psi phenomena.

James Hurtak, who once worked for Puharich, also wrote in his book The Keys of Enoch that ultra-violet caused hydrogen bonds to break and this raised the vibratory rate.

Puharich presented the mental effects of ELF waves to military leaders, but they would not believe him. He then gave this information to certain dignitaries of other Western nations. The US Government burned down his home in New York to shut him up, whereas he then fled to Mexico. However, the Russians discovered which ELF frequencies affected what portion of the human brain; it was on July 4, 1976, that they began zapping the U.S. Embassy in Moscow with electromagnetic-waves, varying the signal, also focusing on 10 Hz. (10 Hz puts people into a hypnotic state).

Russians and North Koreans use this in portable mind-control machines to extract confessions. (This system can also be found in some American Churches to help the congregation believe!)

This Russian “Woodpecker“ signal was traveling across the world from a transmitter near Kiev. The US Air Force identified 5 different frequencies in this compound that the harmonic Woodpecker was sending through the earth and atmosphere.

In 1901, Nikola Tesla, Nobel prize winner in Physics (shared with Einstein) revealed that power could be transmitted through the ground using ELF waves. Nothing stops or weakens these signals. The Russians retrieved Tesla‘s papers when they were returned to Yugoslavia after his death.

In Mexico, Puharich continued to monitor the Russian ELF wave signal and the higher harmonics (5.340 MHz) in the MHz range. He was somehow induced to work for the CIA and he and Dr. Robert Becker designed equipment to measure these waves and their effect on the human brain. Puharich started his work by putting dogs to sleep.

By 1948/49, he had graduated to monkeys, deliberately destroying their eardrums to enable them to pick up sounds without the eardrum intact. He discovered a nerve from the tongue could be used to facilitate hearing. He created the tooth implant that mind-control victims are now claiming was put in by their dentist, unbeknownst to them, and causing them to hear ”voices in their head.‘ These were placed under caps or lodged in the jaw.

Implants are now smaller than a hair‘s width and are injected with vaccine and flu shots. Millions have had this done unknowingly. These ”biochips‘ circulate in the bloodstream and lodge in the brain, enabling the victims to hear ”voices‘ via the implant. There are many kinds of implants now, and it is estimated that 1 in 40 people are recipients of these tiny implants due to alien abductions. However, others have suggested that one in 20 might just be a more accurate statistic.

The fake alien abduction – these revealed by many victims – are actually engineered by the U.S. military, using advanced technology to create holograms (4th dimensional pictures) or holographic spaceships outside. This holographic, advanced technology can actually create a scenario whereas the person believes he/she is going into a spaceship. However, once inside, the aliens are in masquerade; they are actually military personnel outfitted in full costumes, masks et al..

Certainly real abductions occur, however, the ”alien abduction” scenario has been most useful to the military in confusing the over all issue. This clouding tends to halt any further investigation into a government participation and inevitably absolves them of any accountability. They are banking on the poor helpless victims feeling too intimidated to reveal such a shocking episode, lest ridicule be visited upon them.

Are the global masters forcing us to respond to an artificially induced vibratory rate? Those power mongers who want this planet to have a sudden leap in evolution, populated only by the psychically aware and therefore superior class of human? What about the billions of people who are commonly referred to as ”useless eaters”; are they to be conveniently disposed of by electro-magnetically-induced cancers and diseases? It certainly causes one to stop and ponder this catastrophic situation.

The physics and engineering behind electromagnetic disease transmission are frightening. Diseases can be reproduced as ”disease signatures” in that the vibration of a disease can be manufactured and sent on to be artificially induced. (The brainwave pattern of hallucinogenic drugs can also be copied and sent by ELF waves to induce ”visions”). Once diseases are sprayed in the air, electromagnetic waves attune to the disease by using harmonics and sub-harmonics, which in turn make them even more lethal and infectious; actually a more apt description would be deadly, as in inducing death.

The skies are filled daily with chemtrails, those crisscrossed white patterns that are sprayed out across the heavens in the United States and other countries. Are these like contrails that jets emit behind them? Not exactly… contrails dissipate rather quickly, but the chemtrails – those feathery streaks that linger – are deliberately being sprayed and contain insidious chemicals (retrieved, analyzed and proven) which affect the state of consciousness, producing apathy.

This is only one “program“ that has been initiated to keep the populace in a continual apathetic state. Add to this, the fluoridation of the drinking water, aspartame nutri-sweet, etc., and other highly-questionable drugs.

Fluoride disables the willpower section of the brain, impairing the left occipital lobe. Both fluoride and selenium (in additional amounts) can produce strange effects; one common symptom is that of “hearing voices‘.

ELF waves create disturbances in the biological processes of the body, activated on a large scale once the body has been exposed to the aforementioned disease-causing chemtrails.

Some chemtrails have been analyzed under laboratory conditions, the elements shown to cause cleavages in spatial perceptions, blocking the interaction of various amino acids that relate to higher-consciousness. Some were also shown to increase dopamine in the brain thereby producing a listless, euphoric state of lower reactive mind. This is done to basically create confusion, rendering a person unable to differentiate between the real and illusionary. In addition, some of these chemtrails could be connected with the many UFO abductions occurring on a global massive scale.

Many victims, some recalled under hypnotic regression, have witnessed other abductees laid out on tables (in a sort of assembly line operation) and in the process or being implanted.

Intelligence agencies are in league with each other, behind this disablement of the masses to such a degree where they can‘t even fight back. In order to implement their plans, that of total control of the populace, they need the overall ”frequency” of each victim to function at a specific rate, below the threshold of awareness.

Could this be part of a greater plan with mind-control transmitters covering the whole of USA and England, cleverly disguised as cell phone towers and trees? The power from microwave towers may be turned up to such a level that people will die.

A brain functioning at beta-level (above 13 Hz) is agitated and cannot change the perceptions if it is artificially stabilized to that frequency by technological methods. This frequency may also increase body electricity in others, giving them psychic powers. Is this linked to the new-agers claim of a 12-14 Hz Schumann Resonance, inching us towards the 4th dimension?

Stimulants ingested globally from higher-caffeine, genetically modified plants, may also make an impact on the ”global-brain” in the ionosphere that is collecting our brainwaves.

New-age channelers say we are going into a 4th dimensional frequency. They ”heard‘ the voice of some ”ET” who informed them of this.

However, some ”ETs” are just plain earthians in disguise. Using Tesla Technology, Prisoners in the Utah State Prison were bombarded with voices from a “purported“ ET, each prisoner receiving the same identical message. Curious, indeed. Today, it is relatively simple to produce these “voices in the head.“ Implants/microchips are no longer necessary.

In 1988, an inmate in Draper Prison, Utah by the name of David Fratus wrote:

“I began to receive or hear, high-frequency tones in my ears. When I plugged my ears, the tones were still inside and became amplified. It’s as if they had became electrified echo chambers with the sounds coming from the inside out. I then began to hear voices, right in my inner ears and just as vividly as though I were listening to a set of stereo headphones. The end result is that I am now having my brain monitored by an omnipotent computerized mind reading or scanning machine of some sort.“

Hundreds of inmates at the Gunnison Facility of the Utah State Prison and the State Hospital were subjected to this brand of mind-control, used as test subjects like rats in a lab. In the early 1970s, this was revealed in the Utah U.S. District Court. While incarcerated, these inmate test subjects, having been subjected to this Tesla-wave mind-control, tried to seek restitution in the courtroom. Unfortunately, they were unsuccessful.

The University of Utah researched how Tesla-waves could be used to manipulate the mind into hearing voices, overriding and implanting thoughts into the mind, in addition to reading thoughts. They also went about developing eye-implants. Cray (The Cadillac of computers, ultra sophisticated) computers, using artificial intelligence, monitor the victims of government produced implants, sending pre-recorded sound bytes or occasional live messages.

They are picked up by satellite and relayed to whatever large TV broadcasting antenna, GWEN tower or other antenna that is nearest the victim. It is believed that some types of implants pick up the signal and broadcast the correct Tesla-wave pattern to create voices within the victim.

The tracking implant keeps the staff and the satellite system informed every few minutes as to exactly where to send the voice signals. The master computer and central HQ for this is reported to be Boulder, CO. It is thought that transponders are being made there. The central cellular computer is in the Boulder, CO National Bureau of Standards building. AT&T is also cooperating; several agencies work together on this.

Tim Rifat of UK wrote that “this inter-cerebral hearing“ is used to drive the victim mad, as no one else can hear the voices transmitted into the brain of the target. Transmission of auditory data directly into the target‘s brains using microwave carrier beams is now common practice. Instead of using excitation potentials, one uses a transducer to modify the spoken word into ELF audiograms that are then superimposed on the pulse modulated microwave beam.

On March 21, 1983, The Sydney Morning Herald published this by Dr. Nassim Abd El-Aziz Neweigy, Assistant Professor of Agriculture, Moshtohor Tukh-Kalubia, Egypt.

This article stated:

“Russian satellites, controlled by advanced computers, can send voices in one‘s own language, interwoven into natural thoughts. They can target the population of choice with this diffused artificial thought process. The chemistry and electricity of the human brain can be manipulated by satellite and even suicide can be induced.

Through ferocious, anti-humanitarian means, the extremist groups are fabricated, the troubles and bloody disturbances are instigated by advanced tele-means via Russian satellites in many countries in Asia, Africa, Europe and Latin America.“

Another source says that these have been fed with the world‘s languages and synthetic telepathy will reach into people‘s heads making people believe God is speaking to them personally to enact the Second Coming, complete with holograms!

The Russians broke the genetic code of the human brain. They worked out 23 EEG band-wave lengths, 11 of which were totally independent. So if you can manipulate those 11 you can do anything. NSA‘s (U.S. National Security Agency) Cray computers can remotely track people just by knowing the specific EMF waves (evoked potentials from EEGs in the 30-50 Hz, 5 milliwatt range) of a person‘s bioelectric-field. Each person‘s emissions are unique and they can remotely track someone in public. Now if this isn‘t a horrifically frightening thought, I don‘t know what is.

Evoked potentials officially do not exist in physics, but in 1873 a Scotsman, James Clerk Maxwell, discovered that electromagnetic waves have 3 components. He discovered waveforms that exist at a certain number of right-angled rotations away from the electromagnetic field. These are hyper-spacial components, not subject to constraints of time and space.

He claimed that electromagnetic radiation waves were carried by the ether and the ether was disturbed by magnetic lines of force. The hidden component is called only ”potential‘ now and not normally used except for covert hyper-dimensional physics and to manipulate consciousness itself via electromagnetic-waves covering vast areas of the planet.

Approximately one person in 3000 is sensitive to this magnetic waveform component, the telepathic types, (according to a writer called “Majix”), and we are all capable of tuning into this magnetic component by tuning our subconscious to it. Maxwell‘s successors thought potentials were akin to mysticism because they believed fields contain mass which cannot be created from nothing. This is what potentials are —- both literally and mathematically —- an accumulation or reservoir of energy, consequently this hasn‘t been taught in mainstream physics.

Subliminal words (in the correct electromagnetic-field and attuned to the human brain) that express human consciousness can enter our minds at a subconscious level. Apparently, our brain activity patterns can be measured and stored on super-computers. If a victim needs to have subliminal thoughts implanted, all that is necessary is to capture that brain activity pattern, (saved on the mega computer) and target or match up that person’s pattern.

The targeted or specified person is then sent low frequency subliminal messages that they actually think are their own thoughts.

The researcher Majix says our brains are so sensitive, that they are like liquid crystal in response to the magnetic component of the earth. We are sensitive to earth’s magnetic changes, changes in the ionospheric cavity and resonate those frequencies ourselves. We are incredibly complex entities, beyond the layperson‘s comprehension. Our brains are indeed a type of bio-cosmic transducer.

Physicists in Russia have conducted in-depth studies on the effects of the mean annual magnetic-activity, electro-magnetic and electro-static fields on human behavior and the physical body. These electromagnetic and electro-static fields can be likened to what is popularly known as biorhythms. These magnetic frequencies can be manipulated from a very simple piece of equipment operated at extremely low power levels; our brain waves can mimic magnetic frequencies.

From half a second to 4 seconds later, the neurons and brain waves are driven exclusively by this device; power levels almost nonexistent. All one needs is a circularly polarized antenna, aimed up at the ionospheric cavity and they can then manipulate the moods of everyone within a 75 sq. mile area. The body picks up these “new” manipulated waves and begins to correspond immediately. What is known as the “sleep” frequency will make everyone become tired and sleep.

In Let’s Talk MONTAUK, Joyce Murphy presented data that showed that experiments on the 410-420 MHz cycle have been done which could affect the “window frequency to the human consciousness” as a whole. More info on this is available on the internet website: http://www.beyondboundaries.org/jlm/jlmMONTAUK500.htm

Preston Nichols, previously mentioned herein, learned from his experimentation with his radio equipment that whenever a 410-420 MHz cycle appeared on the air, a psychic‘s mind would be “jammed,” finally tracing the signal to Montauk Point and the red and white radar antenna on the AF Base there.“

In Encounter in the Pleiades by Peter Moon and Preston Nichols, Nichols wrote that,

“Dr. Nicholas Begich, an expert of HAARP, has picked up 435 MHz signals connected to HAARP and that a mind control function is currently being employed. He claims that 400-450 MHz is the window to human consciousness because it is our present day reality’s background frequency.

Tim Rifat wrote in his Microwave Mind Control in the UK article that cellular phones use 435 MHz. The United Kingdom police use 450 MHz exclusively. Dr. Ross Adey used this frequency for CIA behavioral modification experiments. Police have a vast array of antennae to broadcast this frequency all over UK. Adey used 0.75mW/cm2 intensity of pulse modulate microwave at a frequency of 450 MHz, with an ELF modulation to control all aspects of human behavior. 450 MHZ radar modulated at 60 Hz greatly reduced T-lymphocyte activity to kill cultured cancer cells.

A study in the USA of their 60 Hz power lines repeated this.

Through much study and analysis on this varied topic, independent scientists have concluded that HAARP is slicing up the ionosphere — the world-brain — like a microwave knife, producing long tear incisions and destroying the membrane that holds the reservoir of data accumulated of all earth‘s history.

However, there can be hope if we are aware of all the possibilities that exist. A healer called Mr. A claimed to have received “Ancient Wisdom” from the earth‘s protective Magnetic-Ring of energy which stores within it all knowledge since time began. Ruth Montgomery wrote about this healer in Born To Heal. He claimed that if our energy flow is cut off from this magnetic field, (the protective atmospheric magnetic-ring) then the Universal Supply is obstructed and we are no longer in tune with these advantageous frequencies, therefore we begin to get sick.

The Power from this travels in split-seconds around the world and is available to anyone who is capable of receiving and handling it.

The waves from The Ring were automatically translated into words in the healer‘s mind and interpreted as wisdom to diagnose and heal others; this ability coming from the storehouse of knowledge that has been present since the beginning of time. By tapping into this storehouse, he produced instant miracles, knitting broken bones and removing arthritis. A photo was produced that displayed forked lightning emitting from his fingers.

That which we term “reality“ – as understood mentally by our thinking processes – is being altered and changed into different expressions to allow complete control of our personal reality — a complete absolution of that which has been normally operative in a divinely ordained, natural frequency. We must not allow them to succeed because of the global masses‘ ignorance of this very advanced technology.

These elevated scientific methods have been suppressed for many years and only those very few people in power have been privy to this information and obviously used it with no “good intention“ in mind.

Do you want to be turned into a zombie, a robotic, controlled entity walking around in an apathetic state, or do you want to live life as a vital, vibrant human being… as the Divine Creator intended for you? We, as united peoples, can turn the tide.

“Awareness is the Cure.“

http://www.informationliberation.com/?id=26530

Digital TV: Mind Control by the Sound of Silence

[This is an extremely timely and important essay. It overviews a secret Pentagon psychotronics technology known as Silent Sound Spread Spectrum (SSSS) that has been fully operational since the early 1990s. I first found out about the use of this technology from Al Bielek in a 1992 video he made with Vladimir Terziski. This technology was used against battle-hardened Iraqi troops fortified in deep underground bunkers in Kuwait and Iraq in the first Gulf War in January of 1991.

The physical, emotional, and psychological effects of this technology were so severe that hundreds of thousands of Iraqi troops surrended en masse without firing even a single shot against US led coalition forces. The numbers reported in the news were staggering: 75,000 and then annother 125,000 (or more) Iraqi troops would come out of their deep desert bunkers waving white flags and falling to their knees before approaching US troops and literally kiss their captor's boots or hands if given the opportunity.

Why would eight year veterans of Middle Eastern warfare (with Iran 1980-1988) behave this way? Simple. They were subjected to a technology that was so extreme and incomprehensible that they were suddenly reduced to the level of compliant children and felt grateful to still be alive in the wake of their mind-wrenching experience.

This technology is about to be used, albeit in a more subtle fashion, against American citizens in a highly classified and covert operation to mind control and manipulate the entire population into 'compliance' with our New World order overlords. The technology will utilize a combination of HAARP transmitters, GWEN towers, microwave cell phone towers, and the soon-to-be-mandatory High Definition Digital TV that will enter your home via: a) cable, b) satellite, c) HD TVs, or d) those oh-so-easy-to-obtain "digital converter boxes" that the government is so anxious to help you obtain and underwrite most of the cost on your behalf.

But why is the government so anxious to help American citizens experience a clearer and more highly defined television picture? Does that make sense to you? Since when is the government so concerned about the visual quality of our televised entertainment that congress would pass an undebated statutory proclamation which mandated that the HD conversion take place on Feb. 17, 2009 and and then subsidze about 90% of the associated cost?

I'm only guessing, but if there are 200 million "regular" televisions in America to be converted into HD, then that $40 in government subsidy per TV x 200,000,000 = $8 billion. Why is the government so anxious to spend 8 billion dollars on her citizens to improve the clarity of a TV picture? Or is the recently touted "additional bandwidth" cover story that supposedly is to be gained with the HD technology the only and genuine reason for spending so much taxpayer dollars on HD conversion?

The second service that this author performs is to "out" two of our more deceptive CIA/Pentagon 'assets' masquerading under the rubric of natural health advocates. Their names are Rima Laibow and her husband, "former" Major General Albert Stubblebine. If your e-mail Inbox has been filling with warnings and articles in recent months about the coming Codex regulations and the "wonderful" job that Rima and her retired Army husband have been doing to try and stem the tide, then you know who I'm talking about.

Folks, is it time to wake up yet? Or should we just resume our slumber and wait for them to take us away in those spiffy Gunderson cattle cars that Phil Schneider warned us about in 1995 (you know, the ones with the built in shackles and manacles)?

- Ken Adachi, Educate Yourself.org]

THE SOUND OF SILENCE
The Antithesis of Freedom
By A. True Ott, PhD, ND

The year was 1961, and John Kennedy was soon to become the 35th President. Shortly before Kennedy’s inauguration, President Dwight D. Eisenhower shocked the nation and the world with his televised farewell speech. The speech’s content was shocking because General Eisenhower was a very popular war hero, and American military might was second to none.

Eisenhower, a highly decorated five-star general, was the Supreme Commander of all allied forces during World War II. It was Eisenhower’s leadership during the Normandy invasion that ultimately freed Europe from the Nazi scourge.

Incredibly, in his farewell address, this great American hero did not warn the nation of the budding communist threat or the horrors of nuclear proliferation. No, not at all! Instead, this career military genius poignantly and soberly declared to this great nation:

“… We have been compelled to create a permanent armaments industry of vast proportions. Added to this, three and a half million men and women are directly engaged in the defense establishment. We annually spend on military security more than the net income of all United States corporations.

“This conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total influence — economic, political, even spiritual — is felt in every city, every state house, every office of the federal government. We recognize the imperative need for this development. Yet we must not fail to recognize its grave implications. Our toil, resources and livelihood are all involved; so is the very structure of our society.

“In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist. We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or our democratic processes.”

Here we have a career military officer, and sitting US President warning the nation in his final farewell speech, that something called “unwarranted influence by the military-industrial complex” poses an extremely dangerous threat to our Free Republic society. According to Eisenhower, this threat “exists and will persist.”

To President Eisenhower, in January of 1961, this evil was a much greater threat to America than Castro’s Cuba or Kruschev’s Soviet Union. What exactly could have happened in the “military-industrialist” establishment that would have caused

Eisenhower to issue such a strongly worded warning? Improved machine gun production? Nope. Battleship production? Nope. Nuclear submarines? Nope. Proliferation of nuclear warheads? A concern of course, but a concern that most Americans were fully aware of.

No, obviously what caused Eisenhower such deep concern had to be something much more pervasively shadowy, dark and secret. Some new, covert, technology had clearly emerged that had the very real potential to provide certain individuals with the “acquisition of unwarranted influence” that in turn would “endanger our liberties or our democratic processes” (i.e., our free and fair election process). In other words, it had the clear potential to circumvent the voice of the people and completely empower un-elected power mongers.

Eisenhower, I would submit, was warning America about something called the “Sound of Silence”.

Eisenhower was an honest and patriotic American. Like Marine Corp General Smedley Butler, who decades earlier declared to Congress that “War is a Racket,” Ike knew that such absolute power and total covert control over the minds and hearts of individual citizens would corrupt society absolutely. He also knew and understood, as did the German philosopher Goethe: “No man is more hopelessly enslaved, than he who falsely believes that he is free.” Therefore, he issued his strong, concluding warning to America. Today, this author must do no less.

The Sound of Silence is a military-intelligence code word for certain psychotronic weapons of mass mind-control tested in the mid-1950s, perfected during the 70s, and used extensively by the “modern” US military in the early 90s, despite the opposition and warnings issued by men such as Dwight David Eisenhower.

This mind-altering covert weapon is based on something called subliminal carrier technology, or the Silent Sound Spread Spectrum (SSSS) (also nicknamed S-Quad or “Squad” in military jargon). It was developed for military use by Dr. Oliver Lowery of Norcross, Georgia, and is described in US Patent #5,159,703 — “Silent Subliminal Presentation System” for commercial use in 1992. The patent abstract reads:

“A silent communications system in which nonaural carriers, in the very low (ELF) or very high audio-frequency (VHF) range or in the adjacent ultrasonic frequency spectrum, are amplitude- or frequency-modulated with the desired intelligence and propagated acoustically or vibrationally, for inducement into the brain, typically through the use of loudspeakers, earphones, or piezoelectric transducers. The modulated carriers may be transmitted directly in real time or may be conveniently recorded and stored on mechanical, magnetic, or optical media for delayed or repeated transmission to the listener.”

In layman’s terms, this device, this “Sound of Silence”simply allows for the unwarranted implantation of specific thoughts, emotions, and even prescribed physical actions into unsuspecting human beings. In short, it has the very real ability to turn human beings into mere puppets in the hands of certain “controllers,” or puppet-masters.

Eisenhower knew full well what such a “weapon” could do in the hands of greedy, conspiring men and women scheming to control the planet. It could easily result in the takeover of American society without a single bullet being fired. This is what he was warning America about, this is the “combination” he feared above all others.

Have the leaders of America ignored Ike’s warning? Have conspiring and evil men and women utilized this diabolical technology on unsuspecting Americans and others outside of our borders? If so, will they continue to utilize the technology through the medium of television and radio? This expose will attempt to answer these questions, and give the reader a clear picture of exactly who made the decisions to use the “Sound of Silence” in both war and peace.

On March 23, 1991, a news brief was released in the form of an ITV News Bureau Ltd (London) wire service bulletin entitled “High-Tech Psychological Warfare Arrives in the Middle East.” This was during the administration of George Bush Sr., during “Operation Desert Storm,” and describes in remarkable detail a US Psychological Operations (psy-ops) covert operation successfully deployed against Iraqi troops in Kuwait.

Saddam Hussein’s vaunted “Republican Guard” crack troops were promising Bush “the mother of all battles” with many thousands of dead coalition troops. On paper, it looked convincing. Hussein’s Republican Guard troops were battle-hardened veterans of the 10 year war with Iran, while coalition troops were unblooded. The Iraqis had modern weaponry and were well trained in how to use it.

Something very strange happened, however. The “mother of all battles” ended before it began, as literally hundreds of thousands of Iraqi soldiers surrendered en masse without even firing a shot!

Here is what the British press reported on the incident (while the American press was censored):

“… an unbelievable and highly classified psy-ops program utilizing ‘Silent Sound’ techniques was successfully deployed. The opportunity to use this method occurred when Saddam Hussein’s military command-and-control system was destroyed. The Iraqi troops were then forced to use commercial FM radio stations to carry encoded commands, which were broadcast on the 100 MHz frequency. The US psy-ops team set up its own portable FM transmitter, utilizing the same frequency, in the deserted city of Al Khafji. This US transmitter overpowered the local Iraqi station. Along with patriotic and religious music, psy-ops transmitted ‘vague, confusing and contradictory military orders and information.

“Subliminally, a much more powerful technology was at work, however. A sophisticated electronic system designed to ‘speak’ directly to the mind of the listener; to alter and entrain his brainwaves, to manipulate his brain’s electroencephalographic (EEG) patterns and thus artificially implant negative emotional states — feelings of intense fear, anxiety, despair and hopelessness were created in the Iraqi troops. This incredibly effective subliminal system doesn’t just tell a person to feel an emotion, it makes them feel it; it implants that emotion in their minds.”

While utilizing such a “non-lethal” covert psy-ops weapon resulted in many lives being saved, both American, Coalition, as well as Iraqi, the question begs to be asked: how can Americans be assured that such a weapon is not being used on them by “Big Brother” on a daily basis?

Moreover, why was the real story behind the mass Iraqi surrenders censored so completely from the American people? Typically, secrecy of this nature is only employed when the subject is morally offensive, or when the powers that be wish to continue to deploy the subject without public scrutiny or oversight, or both. Clearly, if such a device employed covertly on Americans could result in “unwarranted influence” over a society, as Eisenhower warned, I submit the majority of Americans would be completely outraged and incensed, and rightfully so. Therefore, of course the technology would need to remain hidden away.

Officially, the Sound of Silence (S-quad) technology does not exist, just as the US Government officially denies the existence of UFOs and Area 51 (Groom Lake) in the Nevada desert. However, the physical realities cannot be ignored by the rational and logical mind.

For instance, during the first Gulf war, the man who most likely ordered the deployment of the Sound of Silence was Major General Albert (Bert) Stubblebine, who was the Commanding General of the US Army’s Intelligence School and Center, as well as the Army’s Electronic Research and Development Command (ERADCOM) as well as the Army’s Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM). In short, Albert Stubblebine was the Army’s liaison with the CIA and Naval Intelligence operatives (ONI), and as head of ERADCOM, he would of necessity have had complete working knowledge of the Sound of Silence weaponry, if indeed it truly exists.

He was the US Army’s top spy-boss, and of course, was privy to all its secrets. Now retired from active duty following a 32 year career, General Stubblebine has combined with his wife, Rima Laibow to form something called the Natural Solutions Foundation, supposedly dedicated to fighting all health freedom threats to individuals including Codex Alimentarius, vaccinations, and of course the FDA Gestapo.

On their website, www.healthfreedomusa.org one can read this about Albert N. Stubblebine: “Many of the innovations he developed helped the US to conduct the First Gulf W ar effectively and swiftly with a very low casualty rate.”

But of course, such “innovations” are never fully disclosed to Americans and are officially non-existent. With all due respect to General Stubblebine and shadowy power-brokers such as Frank Carlucci and Donald Rumsfeld, this author concurs whole-heartedly with General Eisenhower, and I declare that such posturing and secrecy with weapons of mind-control constitutes indeed an “acquisition of unwarranted power and influence” and has absolutely no place in a free and open society — no matter how many soldier’s lives it may save on the battlefield. The potential for massive misuse and abuse of such immense controlling power is simply too great.

Furthermore, with all due respect Mr. Stubblebine, is he and Rima Laibow using the cover of Natural Health activistism to hide their true agenda? Could this hidden agenda be the covert promotion and testing of Sound of Silence equipment and technology commercially throughout the world?

… Immediately after “retiring” from the army, General Stubblebine took a position as the “VP for Intelligence Systems” with Braddock, Dunn, and McDonald (BDM), a major defense contractor owned by the shadowy Carlyle Group and ex-Defense Secretary Frank Carlucci of Iran-Contra infamy…

Since the Sound of Silence machine technology was patented for “privatization” commercial applications by Dr. Lowery on October 27, 1992 , it clearly opened the door to private defense contractors such as BDM to develop their own “intelligence systems”. It would then make sense to employ General Stubblebine as a consultant. Of course, what would then stop BDM from quietly marketing and selling the Sound of Silence to large corporations tied to Wall Street?

For example, imagine utilizing the Sound of Silence in a large Wal-Mart store, mixing the ELF waves with background music to subliminally brainwash dishonest shoppers not to engage in shoplifting? Such a device would save Sam Walton many millions of dollars in lost revenue every year.

Suppose also that a young, black man from Illinois was given access to, and was able to utilize the S-quad Sound of Silence technology in his public speeches, radio and 30-minute television”infomercials” — all programmed and designed by “handlers” to illicit strong emotional responses from audience members who then are merely “hearing without listening.”

Moreover, what if televisions across the US and Canada all went 100% digital [to be mandatory in Feb. 2009] in their signals (in order to successfully link to GWEN towers) which would allow the unrestricted use of the Sound of Silence frequencies in a complete and massive control of the nation’s mind and consciousness?

I am telling you that is exactly what is happening. President Eisenhower was absolutely correct, and his worst fears were indeed well founded!

The military-industrialist complex has quietly completed the takeover of the nation’s consciousness, and thus its very soul.

… Keep in mind that taking complete fascist control of America is just one step of the Zionist elites ultimate agenda, of which Stubblebine and Laibow have very likely pledged their true loyalty. The elitist Zionists overall objective is indeed absolute world control, something they refer to as a “New World Order”with them as dictators and overlords.

Again, the absolute secrecy surrounding the development and deployment of the electromagnetic mind-altering technology of the Sound of Silence in a very real way reflects the tremendous power that is inherent in it. This is why Eisenhower knew that he had to warn the nation about it back in 1961. To put it bluntly, whoever controls this technology literally has the power to control the minds of men — all men and women everywhere.

Of course, whoever controls the minds of all humans, controls the wealth and destiny of planet Earth. Furthermore, Stubblebine, as commander of Army Intelligence would likely follow the prescribed manual of all covert ops, such as is found in a declassified US manual for the planned subversion and coup of the government of Nicaragua. The manual instructs the CIA “guerilla forces” to engage in different “false front” organizations designed to win the respect, trust, and influence of the enemy. Once complete trust and confidence is achieved by means of the activities of the “false front,” then the destruction of the enemy by means of misdirection and disinformation tactics can more easily be executed.

I would submit there is no better “false front” to infiltrate in America than Natural Health proponents, for they are typically healthier, better informed, and more dedicated to preserving individual freedoms and fighting tyranny than other Americans. Thus, there could be no better “false front” to establish, and there is clearly no more potentially vicious wolf hiding in sheep’s clothing than the man who knows more about the Sound of Silence secret deployment than any other human…

There is ample evidence that certain elitists in America and Israel plan to definitely extend the capacity of this technology to encompass all people on every continent. A key to this is the HAARP project where ELF and VHF frequencies can indeed be beamed off of the Earth’s ionosphere to various GWEN towers world-wide.

Of course, the US Government officially denies all of this, telling the talking heads of the controlled news media that the GWEN towers are merely private cell-phone towers with no ulterior agenda, and therefore anybody who thinks otherwise is a lunatic-fringe conspiracy nut.

The evidence to the contrary, however is clear and unequivocal. Dr Michael Persinger is a professor of psychology and neuroscience at Laurentian University, Ontario, Canada. Concerning this subject, Dr Persinger writes:

“Temporal lobe stimulation can evoke the feeling of a presence, disorientation, and perceptual irregularities. It can activate images stored in the subject’s memory, including nightmares and monsters that are normally suppressed. Contemporary neuroscience suggests the existence of fundamental algorithms by which all sensory transduction is translated into an intrinsic, brain-specific code. Direct stimulation of these codes within the human temporal or limbic cortices by applied electromagnetic patterns may require energy levels which are within the range of both geomagnetic activity and contemporary communication networks. A process which is coupled to the narrow band of brain temperature could allow all normal human brains to be affected by a sub-harmonic whose frequency range at about 10 Hz would only vary by 0.1 Hz.”

Dr Persinger concludes the article by writing:

“Within the last two decades a potential has emerged which was improbable, but which is now feasible. This potential is the technical capability to influence directly the major portion of the approximately 6.5 billion brains of the human species, without mediation through classical sensory modalities, by generating neural information within a physical medium within which all members of the species are immersed.

“The historical emergence of such possibilities, which have ranged from gunpowder to atomic fission, have resulted in major changes in the social evolution that occurred inordinately quickly after the implementation. Reduction of the risk of the inappropriate application of these technologies requires the continued and open discussion of their realistic feasibility and implications within the scientific and public domain.”

How can one have an “open discussion” on the subject when government circles continually deny the existence of such technology?

Lyrics to the pop song ‘The Sound of Silence’ By Paul Kane (aka Paul Simon), 1963

Hello, darkness, my old friend

I’ve come to talk with you again

Because a vision softly creeping

Left its seeds while I was sleeping

And the vision that was planted in my brain

Still remains within the Sound of Silence.

In restless dreams I walked alone

Narrow streets of cobblestone

Beneath the halo of a street lamp

I turned my collar to the cold and damp

When my eyes were stabbed by the flash of a neon light

That split the night and touched the Sound of Silence.

And in the naked light I saw

Ten thousand people, maybe more

People talking without speaking

People hearing without listening

People writing songs that voices never share…

And no one dare disturb the Sound of Silence.

“Fools,” said I, “you do not know

Silence like a cancer grows.”

“Hear my words that I might teach you,

Take my arms that I might reach you.”

But my words like silent raindrops fell,

And echoed in the wells of silence.

And the people bowed and prayed

To the neon god they made.

And the sign flashed out its warning

In the words that it was forming.

And the signs said: “The words of the prophets

Are written on the subway walls

And tenement halls,

And whisper’d in the Sound of Silence.”

… Paul Simon, whose family was part of the military-industrialist complex, was very likely a product of the early 1960s military experimentation in Silent Sound mind control, which is clearly what the lyrics of “The Sound of Silence” convey to those “in the know”.

Related article: More Evidence: HD TV is a Set Up for Mind Control

© Copyright 2008 Educate-Yourself.org All Rights Reserved.

Read the full article here. http://educate-yourself.org/cn/soundsofsilence11dec08.shtml

http://fufor.twoday.net/stories/5412355/

Silent Sound Spread Spectrum – an effective weapon
Silent Sound Spread Spectrum – an effective weapon
posted: 28. Dec. 2008

The Sound of Silence
The Antithesis of Freedom

[Editor's Note: This is an extremely timely and important essay. It overviews a secret Pentagon psychotronics technology known as Silent Sound Spread Spectrum (SSSS) that has been fully operational since the early 1990s. I first found out about the use of this technology from Al Bielek in a 1992 video he made with Vladimir Terziski. This technology was used against battle-hardened Iraqi troops fortified in deep underground bunkers in Kuwait and Iraq in the first Gulf War in January of 1991.

The physical, emotional, and psychological effects of this technology were so severe that hundreds of thousands of Iraqi troops surrended en masse without firing even a single shot against U.S. led coalition forces. The numbers reported in the news were staggering: 75,000 and then annother 125,000 (or more) Iraqi troops would come out of their deep desert bunkers waving white flags and falling to their knees before approaching U.S. troops and literally kiss their captor's boots or hands if given the opportunity. Why would eight year veterans of Middle Eastern warfare (with Iran 1980-1988) behave this way? Simple. They were subjected to a technology that was so extreme and incomprehensible that they were suddenly reduced to the level of compliant children and felt grateful to still be alive in the wake of their mind-wrenching experience.

This technology is about to be used, albeit in a more subtle fashion, against American citizens in a highly classified and covert operation to mind control and manipulate the entire population into 'compliance' with our New World order overlords. The technology will utilize a combination of HAARP transmitters, GWEN towers, microwave cell phone towers, and the soon-to-be-mandatory High Definition DIGITAL TV that will enter your home via A) Cable, B) Satellite, C) HD TVs, or D) those oh-so-easy -to-obtain "Digital Converter boxes" that the government is so anxious to help you obtain and underwrite most of the cost on your behalf.

But why is the government so anxious to help American citizens experience a clearer and more highly defined television picture? Does that make sense to you? Since when is the government so concerned about the visual quality of our televised entertainment that congress would pass an undebated statutory proclamation which mandated that the HD conversion take place on Feb. 17, 2009 and and then subsidze about 90% of the associated cost? I'm only guessing, but if there are 200 million "regular" televisions in America to be converted into HD, then that $40 in government subsidy per TV x 200,000,000 = 8 billion dollars. Why is the government so anxious to spend $8 billion dollars on her citizens to improve the clarity of a TV picture? Or is the recently touted "additional bandwidth" cover story that supposedly is to be gained with the HD technology the only and genuine reason for spending so much taxpayer dollars on HD conversion?

The second service that this author performs is to "out" two of our more deceptive alleged CIA/Pentagon 'assets' masquerading under the rubric of natural health advocates. Their names are Rima Laibow and her husband, former Major General Albert Stubblebine. If your e-mail Inbox has been filling with warnings and articles in recent months about the coming Codex regulations and the "wonderful" job that Rima and her retired Army husband have been doing to try and stem the tide, then you know who I'm talking about.

Folks, is it time to wake up yet? Or should we just resume our slumber and wait for them to take us away in those spiffy Gunderson prisoner train cars that Phil Schneider warned us about in 1995 (you know, the ones with the built in shackles and manacles)? ...Ken Adachi]

Update: December 24, 2008: I was sent an e-mail from Ralph Fucetola, an attorney representing Rima Laibow, Albert Stubblebine, and their Natural Health Solutions Foundation, in response to the statements made about them in this article. You can read the letter in its entirety, and comments from readers, at this link:
http://educate-yourself.org/lte/actionabledisinformation23dec08.shtml

By A. True Ott, PhD, ND

http://educate-yourself.org/cn/soundsofsilence11dec08.shtml
December 11, 2008

The Sound of Silence: The Antithesis of Freedom by A. True Ott, PhD, ND (Dec 12, 2008)

The year was 1961, and John Kennedy was soon to become the 35th President. Shortly before Kennedy’s inauguration, President Dwight D. Eisenhower shocked the nation and the world with his televised farewell speech. The speech’s content was shocking because General Eisenhower was a very popular war hero, and American military might was second to none. Eisenhower, a highly decorated five-star general, was the Supreme Commander of all Allied Forces during World War II. It was Eisenhower’s leadership during the Normandy Invasion that ultimately freed Europe from the Nazi scourge. Incredibly, in his farewell address, this great American hero did not warn the nation of the budding communist threat or the horrors of nuclear proliferation. No, not at all! Instead, this career military genius poignantly and soberly declared to this great nation:

“… we have been compelled to create a permanent armaments industry of vast proportions. Added to this, three and a half million men and women are directly engaged in the defense establishment. We annually spend on military security more than the net income of all United States corporations.

“This conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total influence — economic, political, even spiritual — is felt in every city, every state house, every office of the federal government. We recognize the imperative need for this development. Yet we must not fail to recognize its grave implications. Our toil, resources and livelihood are all involved; so is the very structure of our society.

“In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the militaryindustrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist. We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or our democratic processes”

Here we have a career military officer, and sitting U.S. President warning the nation in his final farewell speech, that something called “unwarranted influence by the military-industrial complex” poses an extremely dangerous threat to our Free Republic society. According to Eisenhower, this threat“exists and will persist”.

To President Eisenhower, in January of 1961, this evil was a much greater threat to America than Castro’s Cuba or Kruschev’s Soviet Union. What exactly could have happened in the “military-industrialist” establishment that would have caused Eisenhower to issue such a strongly worded warning? Improved machine gun production? Nope. Battleship production? Nope. Nuclear submarines? Nope. Proliferation of Nuclear warheads? A concern of course, but a concern that most Americans were fully aware of.

No, obviously what caused Eisenhower such deep concern had to be something much more pervasively shadowy, dark and secret. Some new, covert, technology had clearly emerged that had the very real potential to provide certain individuals with the “acquisition of unwarranted influence” that in turn would “endanger our liberties or our democratic processes” (i.e. our free and fair election process). In other words, it had the clear potential to circumvent the voice of the people and completely empower un-elected power mongers.

Eisenhower, I would submit, was warning America about something called the “Sound of Silence”. Eisenhower was an honest and patriotic American. Like Marine Corp General Smedley Butler, who decades earlier declared to Congress that “War is a Racket” — Ike knew that such absolute power and total covert control over the minds and hearts of individual citizens would corrupt society absolutely. He also knew and understood, as did the German philosopher Goethe:

“No man is more hopelessly enslaved, than he who falsely believes that he is FREE.”

Therefore, he issued his strong, concluding warning to America. Today, this author must do no less.

The Sound of Silence is a military-intelligence code word for certain psychotronic weapons of mass mind-control tested in the mid 1950’s, perfected during the 70’s, and used extensively by the “modern” U.S. military in the early 90’s, despite the opposition and warnings issued by men such as Dwight David Eisenhower. This mind-altering covert weapon is based on something called subliminal carrier technology, or the Silent Sound Spread Spectrum (SSSS), (also nicknamed S-Quad or “Squad” in military jargon.) It was developed for military use by Dr. Oliver Lowery of Norcross, Georgia, and is described in US Patent #5,159,703

– “Silent Subliminal Presentation System” for commercial use in 1992. The patent abstract reads:

“A silent communications system in which nonaural carriers, in the very low (ELF) or very high audio-frequency (VHF) range or in the adjacent ultrasonic frequency spectrum are amplitude – or frequency- modulated with the desired intelligence and propagated acoustically or vibrationally, for inducement in to the brain, typically through the use of loudspeakers, earphones, or piezoelectric transducers. The modulated carriers may be transmitted directly in real time or may be conveniently recorded and stored on mechanical, magnetic, or optical media for delayed or repeated transmission to the listener.”

In layman’s terms, this device, this “Sound of Silence”simply allows for the unwarranted implantation of specific thoughts, emotions, and even prescribed physical actions into unsuspecting human beings.

In short, it has the very real ability to turn human beings into mere puppets in the hands of certain “controllers”or puppet-masters. Eisenhower knew full well what such a “weapon” could do in the hands of greedy, conspiring men and women scheming to control the planet. It could easily result in the takeover of American society without a single bullet being fired.

This is what he was warning America about, this is the “combination” he feared above all others. Have the leaders of America ignored Ike’s warning? Have conspiring and evil men and women utilized this diabolical technology on unsuspecting Americans and others outside of our borders? If so, will they continue to utilize the technology through the medium of Television and Radio? This expose will attempt to answer these questions, and give the reader a clear picture of exactly who made the decisions to use the “Sound of Silence” in both war and peace.

On March 23, 1991, a news brief was released in the form of an ITV News Bureau Ltd (London) wire service bulletin entitled “High-Tech Psychological Warfare Arrives in the Middle East”. This was during the administration of George Bush Sr., during “Operation Desert Storm” and describes in remarkable detail a US Psychological Operations (PsyOps) covert operation successfully deployed against Iraqi troops in Kuwait.

Saddam Hussein’s vaunted “Republican Guard” crack troops were promising Bush “the Mother of all Battles” with many thousands of dead coalition troops. On paper, it looked convincing. Hussein’s Republican Guard troops were battle-hardened veterans of the 10 year war with Iran, while coalition troops were unblooded. The Iraqis had modern weaponry and were well trained in how to use it. Something very strange happened, however. The “mother of all battles” ended before it began, as literally hundreds of thousands of Iraqi soldiers surrendered en masse without even firing a shot!

Here is what the British press reported on the incident –while the American press was censored:

“… an unbelievable and HIGHLY CLASSIFIED PsyOps program utilizing “Silent Sound” techniques was successfully deployed. The opportunity to use this method occurred when Saddam Hussein’s military command-and-control system was destroyed. The Iraqi troops were then forced to use commercial FM radio stations to carry encoded commands, which were broadcast on the 100 MHz frequency. The US Psy-Ops team set up its own portable FM transmitter, utilizing the same frequency, in the deserted city of Al Khafji. This US transmitter overpowered the local Iraqi station. Along with patriotic and religious music, PsyOps transmitted “vague, confusing and contradictory military orders and information”.

“Subliminally, a much more powerful technology was at work, however. A sophisticated electronic system designed to ‘speak’ directly to the mind of the listener; to alter and entrain his brainwaves, to manipulate his brain’s electroencephalographic (EEG) patterns and thus artificially implant negative emotional states —- feelings of intense fear, anxiety, despair and hopelessness were created in the Iraqi troops. This incredibly effective subliminal system doesn’t just tell a person to feel an emotion, it makes them feel it; it implants that EMOTION in their minds.”

While utilizing such a “non-lethal” covert psy-ops weapon resulted in many lives being saved, both American, Coalition, as well as Iraqi, the question begs to be asked: how can Americans be assured that such a weapon is not being used on them by “Big Brother” on a daily basis?

Moreover, why was the REAL STORY behind the mass Iraqi surrenders censored so completely from the American people? Typically, secrecy of this nature is only employed when the subject is morally offensive, or when the powers that be wish to continue to deploy the subject without public scrutiny or oversight, or both. Clearly, if such a device employed covertly on Americans could result in “unwarranted influence” over a society, as Eisenhower warned, I submit the majority of Americans would be completely outraged and incensed, Major General Albert Stubblebineand rightfully so. Therefore, of course the technology would need to remain hidden away.

Officially, the Sound of Silence (S-quad) technology does not exist, just as the US Government officially denies the existence of UFOs and Area 51, (Groom Lake) in the Nevada desert. However, the physical realities cannot be ignored by the rational and logical mind. For instance, during the first Gulf war, the man who most likely ordered the deployment of the Sound of Silence was Major General Albert (Bert) Stubblebine, who was the Commanding General of the U.S. Army’s INTELLIGENCE SCHOOL AND CENTER, as well as the Army’s Electronic Research and Development Command (ERADCOM) as well as the Army’s Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM).

Psychiatrist Dr. Rema Laibow, In short, Albert Stubblebine was the Army’s liaison with the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and Naval Intelligence operatives (ONI) – and as head of ERADCOM, he would of necessity have had complete working knowledge of the Sound of Silence weaponry, if indeed it truly exists. He was the U.S. Army’s top spy-boss, and of course, was privy to all its secrets. Now retired from active duty following a 32 year career, General Stubblebine has combined with his wife, Rima Laibow to form something called the Natural Solutions Foundation, supposedly dedicated to fighting all HEALTH FREEDOM THREATS to individuals including Codex Alimentarias, Vaccinations, and of course the FDA Gestapo. On their website,
www.healthfreedomusa.org
one can read this about Albert N. Stubblebine:

“Many of the innovations he developed helped the U.S. to conduct the First Gulf W ar effectively and swiftly with a very low casualty rate.”

Frank CarlucciDonald RumsfeldBut of course, such “innovations” are never fully disclosed to Americans and are officially non-existent. With all due respect to General Stubblebine and shadowy power-brokers such as Frank Carlucci and Donald Rumsfeld, this author concurs whole-heartedly with General Eisenhower and I declare that such posturing and secrecy with weapons of mind-control constitutes indeed an “acquisition of unwarranted power and influence” and has absolutely no place in a free and open society- no matter how many soldier’s lives it may save on the battlefield. The potential for massive misuse and abuse of such immense controlling power is simply too great.

Furthermore, with all due respect Mr. Stubblebine, is he and Rima Laibow using the cover of Natural Health activistism to hide their true agenda? Could this hidden agenda be the covert promotion and testing of Sound of Silence equipment and technology commercially throughout the world?

It would seem quite logical that since covert “Black Project” mindcontrol operations was indeed his highest area of expertise while in the military, would it not be logical to assume that he would continue to engage in such work in his “retirement” years? Iwould submit such activity would be immensely more potentially PROFITABLE than soliciting donations while hawking organic veggies and supplements over the internet.

Is it not highly unusual for a career military man with such deep ties to CIA Black Ops to suddenly become a highly vocal natural health guru, especially considering that he had zero prior experience or hands-on training in the field?

According to his Natural Solutions website,

“He [Stubblebine] has taken this set of experiences [psy-ops work] and become involved in leading-edge medical research and development in collaboration with his wife Rima E. Laibow, M.D.”

Yet, oddly, nowhere on the NSF website is any of this “leading-edge” R & D technology discussed, even in the most generic terms. Instead, it is primarily aimed at soliciting tax-deductible donations. This alone should raise immediate red flags.

Furthermore, according to public documents available in Virginia, General Albert Stubblebine separated from his former wife Geraldine on Independence Day, (July 4) 1991 while he was at the height of his power and successful Psy-Ops venture in Kuwait against the Iraqi Army. The Stubblebines were formally divorced on September 9, 1994, whereby the divorce court granted Geraldine a decree on the “grounds of dultery”with a “female psychiatrist friend”, in all likelihood, his current wife Rima Laibow. Court documents show that Geraldine was chronically ill at the time of her divorce, suffering from “cancer and other ailments”and needed financial support from General Stubblebine to continue with her ALLOPATHIC treatments.

Nowhere is it mentioned in the divorce proceedings that any NATURAL treatments were being employed or had even been considered. Immediately after “retiring” from the army, General Stubblebine took a position as the “VP for Intelligence Systems” with Braddock, Dunn, and McDonald (BDM), a major defense contractor owned by the shadowy Carlyle Group and ex-Defense Secretary Frank Carlucci of Iran-Contra infamy.

According to author Dan Briody in his book The Iron Triangle: Inside the Secret World of the Carlyle Group,

“BDM’s major business was in an area called Black Projects which are kept secret because to publicize them would compromise national security. Lawmakers often complain about Black Projects, citing that many contracts are thusly classified, not because of national security concerns, but rather to avoid the required congressional review.” (Ibid, pg. 35)

It is clear that BDM was very deeply involved in highly questionable dealings during this time frame. According to Dan Briody:

“On Christmas Eve, 1994, the New York Times reported that Frank Carlucci had again been involved in a clandestine arms deal, this time with the Soviets. With Carlucci as chairman, BDM, now a Carlyle portfolio company, had brokered a deal between the Pentagon and the former Soviet Republic of Belarus to secretly purchase an S-300, the Soviet’s version of the Patriot missile defense system the United States had used so effectively during the Gulf War. … For the deal, BDM used the infamous Canadian arms dealer Emmanuel Weigensberg, the same man that brokered the Iran-Contra arms shipments for the Reagan White House.” (Ibid, pg 38-39)

Since the Sound of Silence machine technology was patented for “privatization” commercial applications by Dr. Lowery on October 27, 1992 , it clearly opened the door to private defense contractors such as BDM to develop their own “Intelligence Systems”.

It would then make sense to employ General Stubblebine as a consultant. Of course, what would then stop BDM from quietly marketing and selling the Sound of Silence to large corporations tied to Wall Street? For example, imagine utilizing the Sound of Silence in a large Wal-Mart store, mixing the ELF waves with background music to subliminally brainwash dishonest shoppers NOT to engage in shoplifting? Such a device would save Sam Walton many millions of dollars in lost revenue every year.

Suppose also that a young, black man from Illinois was given access to, and was able to utilize the S-quad Sound of Silence technology in his public speeches, radio and 30-minute television“infomercials” — all programmed and designed by “handlers” to illicit strong emotional responses from audience members who then are merely “hearing without listening”.

Moreover, what if televisions across the U.S. and Canada all went 100% DIGITAL [E.g. the mandatory HD conversion to take place in Feb. 2009] in their signals (which must happen in order to successfully link to pre-positioned, interconnected GWEN (Ground-Wave Emergency Network) Towers) which of course would allow the unrestricted use of the Sound of Silence frequencies in a complete and massive control of the nation’s mind and consciousness?

I am telling you that is EXACTLY what is happening. President Eisenhower was absolutely correct, and his worst fears were indeed well founded!

The military-industrialist complex has quietly completed the takeover of the nation’s consciousness, and thus its very soul. All without firing a shot! What about Stubbebine and his side-kick Laibow? What could they actually be doing in their world travels disguised as natural food activists?

Keep in mind that taking complete fascist control of America is just one step of the Zionist elites ultimate agenda, of which Stubblebine and Laibow have very likely pledged their true loyalty. The elitist Zionists overall objective is indeed absolute world control, something they refer to as a “New World Order”with them as dictators and over-lords. Again, the absolute SECRECY surrounding the development and deployment of the electromagnetic mind-altering technology of the Sound of Silence in a very real way reflects the tremendous power that is inherent in it. This is why Eisenhower knew that he HAD to warn the nation about it back in 1961. To put it bluntly, whoever controls this technology literally has the power to control the minds of men – all men and women everywhere.

Of course, whoever controls the minds of all humans, controls the wealth and destiny of planet earth. Furthermore, Stubblebine, as commander of Army Intelligence would likely follow the prescribed manual of all covert ops — such as is found in a de-classified U.S. manual for the planned subversion and coup of the government of Nicaragua. The manual instructs the CIA “guerilla forces” to engage in different “false front” organizations designedto win the respect, trust, and influence of the enemy. Once complete trust and confidence is achieved by means of the activities of the “false front”, then the destruction of the enemy by means of misdirection and dis-information tactics can more easily be executed.

I would submit there is no better “false front” to infiltrate in America than Natural Health proponents, for they are typically healthier, better informed, and more dedicated to preserving individual freedoms and fighting tyranny than other Americans. Thus, there could be no better “false front” to establish, and there is clearly no more potentially vicious wolf hiding in sheep’s clothing than the man who knows more about the Sound of Silence secret deployment than any other human –one General Albert (Bert) Stubblebine and his Jewish psychiatrist wife, Rima Laibow.

There is ample evidence that certain elitists in America and Israel plan to definitely extend the capacity of this technology to encompass all people on every continent. A key to this is the HAARP project where ELF and VHF frequencies can indeed be beamed off of the earth’s ionosphere to various GWEN towers world-wide. Of course, the U.S. Government officially denies all of this, telling the talking heads of the controlled news media that the GWEN towers are merely private cell-phone towers with no ulterior agenda, and therefore anybody who thinks otherwise is a lunatic-fringe conspiracy nut.

The evidence to the contrary, however is clear and unequivocal.

Dr. Michael Persinger is a professor of psychology and neuroscience at Laurentian University, Ontario, Canada. Concerning this subject, Dr. Persinger writes:

“Temporal lobe stimulation can evoke the feeling of a presence, disorientation, and perceptual irregularities. It can activate images stored in the subject’s memory, including nightmares and monsters that are normally suppressed. Contemporary neuroscience suggests the existence of fundamental algorithms by which all sensory transduction is translated into an intrinsic, brain-specific code. Direct stimulation of these codes within the human temporal or limbic cortices by applied electromagnetic patterns may require energy levels which are within the range of both geomagnetic activity and contemporary communication networks. A process which is coupled to the narrow band of brain temperature could allow all normal human brains to be affected by a sub-harmonic whose frequency range at about 10 Hz would only vary by 0.1 Hz.”

Dr Persinger concludes the article by writing:

“Within the last two decades a potential has emerged which was improbable, but which is now feasible. This potential is the technical capability to influence directly the major portion of the approximately 6.5 billion brains of the human species, without mediation through classical sensory modalities, by generating neural information within a physical medium within which all members of the species are immersed.

“The historical emergence of such possibilities, which have ranged from gunpowder to atomic fission, have resulted in major changes in the social evolution that occurred inordinately quickly after the implementation. Reduction of the risk of the inappropriate application of these technologies requires the continued and open discussion of their realistic feasibility and implications within the scientific and public domain.”

How can one have an “open discussion” on the subject when government circles continually deny the existence of such technology?

Lyrics to the Pop Song ‘The Sound of Silence’
Written by Paul Kane, (aka Paul Simon) in 1963

Hello, darkness, my old friend
I’ve come to talk with you again
Because a vision softly creeping
Left its seeds while I was sleeping
And the vision
That was planted in my brain
Still remains
Within the sound of silence

In restless dreams I walked alone
Narrow streets of cobblestone
Beneath the halo of a street lamp
I turned my collar to the cold and damp
When my eyes were stabbed
By the flash of a neon light
That split the night
And touched the sound of silence

And in the naked light I saw
Ten thousand people, maybe more
People talking without speaking
People hearing without listening
People writing songs that voices never share…
And no one dare
Disturb the sound of silence.

“Fools,” said I, “you do not know
Silence like a cancer grows.”
“Hear my words that I might teach you,
Take my arms that I might reach you.”
But my words like silent raindrops fell,
And echoed in the wells of silence.

And the people bowed and prayed
To the neon god they made.
And the sign flashed out its warning
In the words that it was forming.
And the signs said: “The words of the prophets
Are written on the subway walls
And tenement halls,
And whisper’d in the sound of silence.”

Paul Kane’s (Paul Simon) musical work in the early 1960′s was primarily as a contracted songwriter in the famed “Brill Building machine.” He would write songs for other artists to record. He did try his hand at performing, however. Assuming a new stage name – Paul Kane – he wrote many ballads and rockabilly tunes which were recorded, both by Paul and as a member of the mildly-successful Tico and the Triumphs. Paul also had a famous collaborator – Carole Kane (who changed her name to Carol King). Paul Simon, a Jew whose family was part of the ‘military-industrialist complex’ was very likely a product of the early 1960’s military experimentation in Silent Sound mind control –which is clearly what the lyrics of “The Sound of Silence” convey to those ‘in the know’.

General Subblebine’s U.S. Army Intelligence School, U.S. Army Intelligence Center & School Insignias

A) Shoulder Sleeve Insignia

Shoulder Sleeve Insignia. Description: A diamond-shaped insignia with rounded angles, 3 inches (7.62cm) in height and 2 1/4 inches (5.72cm) in width, consisting of a 1/8 inch (.32cm) silver gray border around a blue field bearing on the lower half a yellow demi-sun with seven pointed rays terminating at the border, and centered above it the upper part of the flaming torch also yellow. This is the international symbol of illuminism, or the ILLUMINATI ELITE.

Symbolism: Oriental blue and silver gray are the colors for the Military Intelligence branch; yellow or gold signifies achievement. The torch is symbolic of education and the sun represents light and guidance from our God. The number of rays, seven, is symbolic of wisdom and strength.

Background: The shoulder sleeve insignia was originally approved for the U.S. Army Intelligence Center and School on 26 July 1972. Effective 1 October 1990, authorization for wear of the insignia was extended to personnel of the U. S. Army Intelligence Center and Fort Huachuca.

B) Distinctive Unit Insignia

Distinctive Unit Insignia. Description: A gold color metal and enamel insignia 1 1/8 inches (2.86cm) in height overall, consisting of a shield and crest blazoned.

Shield: Chequy Azure (teal blue) and Or, upon a fess Sable, a Grecian Sphinx couchant of the second –the international symbol of Freemasonry and Kaballah.

Crest: On a wreath of the colors Or and Azure a building consisting of four pillars arraswise of the second and fimbriated of the first, surmounted by a lamp of knowledge resting upon a sheathed saber fesswise both of the last. Attached below the shield a gold triparted scroll inscribed “VERITAS VIGILANTIA VICTORIA” in black letters.

Symbolism: Teal blue and yellow perpetuate the history of Army Intelligence. The tactical and strategic phases of Intelligence are symbolized by the chequy background which represents a chessboard and the duality symbol of Masonry. The three divisions of the field denote the three main phases of intelligence: collection, production and dissemination. Wisdom and silence (secrecy) are symbolized by the Sphinx. The color black also alludes to secrecy. The architectural construction represents a place of learning and the lamp of knowledge symbolizes enlightenment. Military leadership is represented by the sheathed saber.

Background: The distinctive unit insignia was originally approved for the U.S. Army Intelligence School on 14 April 1961. On 16 July 1982, authorization for wear was extended to personnel of the U. S. Army Intelligence Center. Effective 1 Oct 1990, with description and symbolism revised, authorization for wear of the insignia was extended to personnel of the U. S. Army Intelligence Center and Fort Huachuca.

C) Device

Shield Device.
Blazon:
Shield: Chequy Azure (teal blue) and Or, upon a fess Sable, a Grecian Sphinx couchant of the second.

Crest: On a wreath of the colors Or and Azure a building consisting of four pillars arraswise of the second and fimbriated of the first, surmounted by a lamp of knowledge resting upon a sheathed saber fesswise both of the last.

Motto: VERITAS, VIGILANTIA, VICTORIA (Truth, Vigilance, Victory)

Symbolism: Teal blue and yellow perpetuate the history of Army Intelligence. The tactical and strategic phases of Intelligence are symbolized by the chequy background which represents a chessboard. The three divisions of the field denote the three main phases of intelligence: collection, production and dissemination. Wisdom and silence are symbolized by the Sphinx. The color black also alludes to secrecy. The architectural construction represents a place of learning and the lamp of knowledge symbolizes enlightenment. Military leadership is represented by the sheathed saber.

A. True Ott
Dr. A. True Ott is the nephew of the well known light researcher and developer of ‘natural spectrum’ fluorescent lamps, John Ott.
Update: December 24, 2008: I was sent an e-mail from Ralph Fucetola, an attorney representing Rima Laibow, Albert Stubblebine, and their Natural Health Solutions Foundation, in response to the statements made about them in this article. You can read the letter in its entirety, and comments from readers, at this link:
http://educate-yourself.org/lte/actionabledisinformation23dec08.shtml
http://tinyurl.com/3hsomy

http://www.raven1.net/silsoun2.htm

Quick read for those tight on time

Military Use of Silent Sound

Nexus
Volume 5, Issue 6
October/November 1998
$25/6 issues/ 1 year
1998 Nexus New Times
888-909-7474
nexus@peg.apc.org
————————–
EXCERPT: More in magazine.
————————–

Military Use of Mind Control Weapons

Judy Wall 1998

PSY-OPS WEAPONRY USED IN THE PERSIAN GULF WAR

See also another article on this site.

For years, rumours have persisted that the United States Department
of Defense has been engaged in research and development of
ultra-sophisticated mind- altering technology. Confirmation of this
came to me recently in the form of two ITV News Bureau Ltd (London)
wire service bulletins.[1]

The March 23, 1991 newsbrief, “High-Tech Psychological Warfare
Arrives in the Middle East”, describes a US Psychological
Operations (PsyOps) tactic directed against Iraqi troops in Kuwait
during Operation Desert Storm. The manoeuvre consisted of a system
in which subliminal mind-altering technology was carried on
standard radiofrequency broadcasts. The March 26, 1991 newsbrief
states that among the standard military planning groups in the
centre of US war planning operations at Riyadh was “an unbelievable
and highly classified PsyOps program utilising ‘silent sound’
techniques”.

The opportunity to use this method occurred when Saddam Hussein’s
military command-and-control system was destroyed. The Iraqi troops
were then forced to use commercial FM radio stations to carry
encoded commands, which were broadcast on the 100 MHz frequency.
The US PsyOps team set up its own portable FM transmitter,
utilising the same frequency, in the deserted city of Al Khafji.
This US transmitter overpowered the local Iraqi station. Along with
patriotic and religious music, PsyOps transmitted “vague, confusing
and contradictory military orders and information”.

Subliminally, a much more powerful technology was at work: a
sophisticated electronic system to ‘speak’ directly to the mind of
the listener, to alter and entrain his brainwaves, to manipulate
his brain’s electroencephalograph ic (EEG) patterns and
artificially implant negative emotional states-feelings of fear,
anxiety, despair and hopelessness. This subliminal system doesn’t
just tell a person to feel an emotion, it makes them feel it; it
implants that emotion in their minds.[2]

I noticed that the ITV wire service was from outside the United
States. Readers of Resonance may recall that in the
Electromagnetic Weapons Timeline in issue no. 29, reference is made
to the documentary video, Waco: The Big Lie Continues, which
contained video footage of three EM weapons. This segment of the
film was from the British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). I
wondered if there was any significance to this.

At the library I pulled up back issues of my local newspaper for
the same time-period of the Gulf War to see what the American wire
services had said, if anything, about the use of this special
PsyOps weapon. There was nothing said about it directly, but three
news articles seemed related. In a news release from Associated
Press during the same timeframe of the Gulf War truce, I read:

“The American pilot who shot down the second Iraqi warplane in 48
hours said Friday that continued Iraqi flights suggested that US
warnings were not filtering down to Iraqi pilots… He said he hopes
Saddam gets the message now. ‘It’s really too bad that these
people have to die for their unwillingness to heed our warnings…
What I really think is, they don’t communicate down to the people,’
he said. ‘If they have a communications problem, I suggest they fix
it.’”[3]

That may have been coincidence but two earlier news articles, dated
March 1, 1991, apparently have a common origin with the ITV news
bulletin. The first article[4] tells us that approximately 100
members of the US 101st Airborne Division, fluent in Arabic, talked
the enemy into surrendering. These soldiers rode in the Apache
helicopter gunships that were involved in the longest
helicopter-borne assault in history. They told the Iraqi troops
that they would be slaughtered if they didn’t give up.

“They got the point,” one soldier is quoted as saying.

This all sounds very unremarkable, except when you read the
editor’s note: “The following dispatch was subject to US military
censorship.” Now why would they want to censor such a mundane
tactic, except out of embarrassment that the US Army fighting
forces had fallen to the level of a cheer-leading squad?
… in which case they would have nixed the thing entirely.

But upon re-reading the article, we may pick out certain key
phrases (emphasised in italics):

“He [the soldier interviewed] was one of dozens of Arabic speakers
that played a key role in the allied ground attack against Iraq,
and part of an attempt by the US Army to use finesse, intelligence
work and tactics to complement brute strength.”

If we fill in the missing blanks with such descriptions as “the
megaphone was used to direct psychoacoustic frequencies that
engaged the neural networks of the enemy’s brain, causing him to
think any thought and feel any emotion that the Americans chose to
lay on him”, then it starts to make sense. And it would no longer
seem so surprising that one soldier could talk 450 enemy soldiers
into surrendering. The possibilities are there, and, as the next
article[5] documents, that is exactly what happened. Iraqi troops
gave up en masse.

We quote: “They were surrendering in droves, almost too fast for us
to keep up with…”; “…two Iraqi majors, both brigade commanders,
who gave up their entire units…”; and “…one of them gave up to
an RPV [remotely piloted vehicle). Here's this guy with his hands
up, turning in a circle to give himself up to a model airplane with
a camera in it."

Irrational? Not if there was also a voice being beamed into his
head from that little flying toy, saying, "Give up, give up!"
Otherwise, how do we account for the editor's note at the beginning
of the article: "The following is based on pool dispatches that
were subject to military censorship." Without that note, we could
smugly think that the Iraqi soldiers were cowards or crazy, but why
censor that idea?

MIND CONTROL WITH SILENT SOUNDS

The mind-altering mechanism is based on a subliminal carrier
technology: the Silent Sound Spread Spectrum (SSSS), sometimes
called "S-quad" or "Squad". It was developed by Dr Oliver Lowery of
Norcross, Georgia, and is described in US Patent #5,159,703,
"Silent Subliminal Presentation System", dated October 27, 1992.
The abstract for the patent reads:

"A silent communications system in which nonaural carriers, in the
very low or very high audio-frequency range or in the adjacent
ultrasonic frequency spectrum are amplitude- or frequency-modulated
with the desired intelligence and propagated acoustically or
vibrationally, for inducement into the brain, typically through the
use of loudspeakers, earphones, or piezoelectric transducers. The
modulated carriers may be transmitted directly in real time or may
be conveniently recorded and stored on mechanical, magnetic, or
optical media for delayed or repeated transmission to the
listener."

According to literature by Silent Sounds, Inc., it is now possible,
using supercomputers, to analyse human emotional EEG patterns and
replicate them, then store these "emotion signature clusters" on
another computer and, at will, "silently induce and change the
emotional state in a human being".

Silent Sounds, Inc. states that it is interested only in positive
emotions, but the military is not so limited. That this is a US
Department of Defense project is obvious.

Edward Tilton, President of Silent Sounds, Inc., says this about
S-quad in a letter dated December 13, 1996:

"All schematics, however, have been classified by the US Government
and we are not allowed to reveal the exact details... ... we make
tapes and CDs for the German Government, even the former Soviet
Union countries! All with the permission of the US State
Department, of course... The system was used throughout Operation
Desert Storm (Iraq) quite successfully."

The graphic illustration, "Induced Alpha to Theta Biofeedback
Cluster Movement", which accompanies the literature, is labelled
#AB 116-394-95 UNCLASSIFIED" and is an output from "the world's
most versatile and most sensitive electroencephalograph (EEG)
machine". It has a gain capability of 200,000, as compared to other
EEG machines in use which have gain capability of approximately
50,000. It is software-driven by the "fastest of computers" using a
noisenulling technology similar to that used by nuclear submarines
for detecting small objects underwater at extreme range.[6]

The purpose of all this high technology is to plot and display a
moving cluster of periodic brainwave signals. The illustration
shows an EEG display from a single individual, taken of left and
right hemispheres simultaneously. Ile readout from the two sides
of the brain appear to be quite different, but in fact are the same
(discounting normal leftright brain variations).

CLONING THE EMOTIONS

By using these computer-enhanced EEGs, scientists can identify and
isolate the brain’s low-amplitude “emotion signature clusters”,
synthesise them and store them on another computer. In other words,
by studying the subtle characteristic brainwave patterns that occur
when a subject experiences a particular emotion, scientists have
been able to identify the concomitant brainwave pattern and can now
duplicate it. “These clusters are then placed on the Silent
Sound[TM] carrier frequencies and will silently trigger the
occurrence of the same basic emotion in another human being!”

SYSTEM DELIVERY AND APPLICATIONS

There is a lot more involved here than a simple subliminal sound
system. There are numerous patented technologies which can be
piggybacked individually or collectively onto a carrier frequency
to elicit all kinds of effects.

There appear to be two methods of delivery with the system. One is
direct microwave induction into the brain of the subject, limited
to short-range operations. The other, as described above, utilises
ordinary radio and television carrier frequencies.

Far from necessarily being used as a weapon against a person, the
system does have limitless positive applications. However, the fact
that the sounds are subliminal makes them virtually undetectable
and possibly dangerous to the general public.

In more conventional use, the Silent Sounds Subliminal System might
utilise voice commands, e.g., as an adjunct to security systems.
Beneath the musical broadcast that you hear in stores and shopping
malls may be a hidden message which exhorts against shoplifting.
And while voice commands alone are powerful, when the subliminal
presentation system carries cloned emotional signatures, the result
is overwhelming.

Free-market uses for this technology are the common self-help
tapes; positive affirmation, relaxation and meditation tapes; as
well as methods to increase learning capabilities.

In a medical context, these systems can be used to great advantage
to treat psychiatric and psychosomatic problems. As a system for
remediating the profoundly deaf, it is unequalled. (Promises,
promises. This is the most common positive use touted for this
technology over the past 30 years. But the deaf are still deaf, and
the military now has a weapon to use on unsuspecting people with
perfectly normal hearing.)

OFFICIAL DENIALS

In fact, the US Government has denied or refused to comment on
mindaltering weapons for years. Only last year, US News & World
Report ran an article titled “Wonder Weapons”basically a review of
the new so-called ‘non-lethal’ or ‘less-than -lethal’ weapons.’ Not
one word about S-quad, although the technology had been used six
years earlier!

Excerpts from the article read:

“Says Charles Bernard, a former Navy weapons-research director: ‘I
have yet to see one of these ray-gun things that actually works…”;
and

DARPA (Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency) has come to us
every few years to see if there are ways to incapacitate the
central nervous system remotely,’ Dr F. Terry Hambrecht, head of
the Neural Prostheses Program at NIH, told US News, ‘but nothing
has ever come of if,’ he said. ‘That is too science-fiction and
far-fetched.”‘

It may sound “science fiction and far-fetched” but it is not.
However, that is just what the powers-that-be want you to believe,
so as to leave them alone in their relentless pursuit of…what?

The idea behind non-lethal weapons is to incapacitate the enemy
without actually killing them, or, in the case of riot control or
hostage situations, to disable the participants without permanent
injury, preferably without their knowing it. The electromagnetic
mind-altering technologies would all fall into this class of
weapons, but since they are all officially non-existent, who is to
decide when and where they will be used?

And why should selected companies in the entertainment industry
reportedly be allowed access to this technology when the very fact
of its existence is denied to the general public?

As recently as last month [February], this stonewall approach of
total denial or silence on the subject still held fast, even toward
committees of the US Congress!

- The Joint Economics Committee, chaired by Jim Saxton (R-NJ),
convened on February 25, 1998 for the “Hearing on Radio Frequency
Weapons and Proliferation: Potential Impact on the Economy”.
Invited testimony included statements by several authorities from
the military:

- Dr Alan Kehs, of the US Army Laboratories, discussed the overall
RF threat.

- Mr James O’Bryon, Deputy Director of Operational Testing and
Director of live fire testing for the Office of Secretary of
Defense at the Pentagon, discussed the role of Live Fire Testing
and how it plays a role in testing military equipment with RF
weapons.

- Mr David Schriner, Principal Engineer of Directed Energy Studies
with Electronic Warfare Associates and recently retired as an
engineer with a naval weapons testing facility, talked about the
difficulty in building an RF weapon and about the terrorist threat.

- Dr Ira Merritt, Chief of Concepts Identification and Applications
Analysis Division, Advanced Technology Directorate, Missile Defense
and Space Technology Center, Huntsville, Alabama, discussed the
proliferation of RF weapons primarily from the former Soviet Union.

Although these statements gave information of technical interest,
they are perhaps more important for the information they did not
give: information on the existence of radiofrequency weapons that
directly affect the human brain and nervous system.

KGB PSYCHOTRONICS

This technology did not spring up overnight. It has a long history
of development and denials of development-by the US Government and
probably half of the other governments of the world as well.

We know that the former Soviet Union was actively engaged in this
type of research. In a previous article we reported that during the
1970s the Soviet KGB developed a Psychotronic Influence System
(PIS) that was used to turn soldiers into programmable ‘human
weapons’. The system employed a combination of highfrequency
radiowaves and hypnosis. The PIS project was begun in response to a
similar training scheme launched in the US by President Carter,
according to Yuri Malin, former security adviser to USSR President
Gorbachev.[8]

In my Electromagnetic Weapons Timeline[9] I covered a period of 60
years of interest and development in EM weapons—information
gathered from the many articles and news clippings sent in by
readers of Resonance. In my article on synthetic telepathy[10] I
traced the development of the ‘voice in your head’ technology
dating back to 1961, all my references coming from the open
scientific literature.

POWER OF THE MILITARY-INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX

Jan Wiesemann has written an apt description of the situation which
now exists in the United States, about the ‘forces that be’ and how
the situation came about:

“During the Cold War the United States not only engaged in a
relatively open nuclear arms race with the Soviet Union, but also
engaged in a secret race developing unconventional weapons. As the
intelligence agencies (which prior to the Second World War had
merely played a supporting role within the government) continued to
increase their power, so did the funds spent on developing
techniques designed to outsmart each other.

“And as the US intelligence community began to grow, a secret
culture sprang about which enabled the intelligence players to
implement the various developed techniques to cleverly circumvent
the democratic processes and institutions…

“Like many other democracies, the US Government is made up of two
basic parts the elected constituency, i.e., the various governors,
judges, congressmen and the President; and the unelected
bureaucracies, as represented by the numerous federal agencies.

“In a well-balanced and correctly functioning democracy, the
elected part of the government is in charge of its unelected
bureaucratic part, giving the people a real voice in the agenda set
by their government.

“While a significant part of the US Government no doubt follows
this democratic principle, a considerable portion of the US
Government operates in complete secrecy and follows its own
unaccountable agenda which, unacknowledged, very often is quite
different from the public agenda. “[11]

Jan goes on to quote one of the United States’ most popular war
heroes: Dwight D. Eisenhower, who served as Supreme Commander of
Allied Forces during World War II and was later elected 34th
President of the United States. In his farewell address to the
nation in 1961, President Eisenhower said:

“…we have been compelled to create a permanent armaments industry
of vast proportions. Added to this, three and a half million men
and women are directly engaged in the defence establishment. We
annually spend on military security more than the net income of all
United States corporations.

“This conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large
arms industry is new in the American experience. The total
influence-economic, political, even spiritual-is felt in every
city, every state house, every office of the federal government. We
recognise the imperative need for this development. Yet we must not
fail to comprehend its grave implications. Our toil, resources and
livelihood are all involved; so is the very structure of our
society.

“In the councils of government, we must guard against the
acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought,
by the military -industrial complex. The potential for the
disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist. We must
never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or
our democratic processes.”

INTERNATIONAL CONCERNS OVER NEW WEAPONS

The United Nations was established in 1945 with the aim of “saving
succeeding generations from the scourge of war”. In 1975 the
General Assembly considered a draft first proposed by .the Soviet
Union: “Prohibition of the Development and Manufacture of New Types
of Weapons of Mass Destruction and New Systems of Such Weapons”.

In 1979 the Soviet Union added a list of some types of potential
weapons of mass destruction:

1) Radiological weapons (using radioactive materials) which could
produce harmful effects similar to those of a nuclear explosion;

2) Particle beam weapons, based on charged or neutral particles, to
affect biological targets;

3) Infrasonic acoustic radiation weapons;

4) Electromagnetic weapons operating at certain radio-frequency
radiations which could have injurious effects on human organs.[12]

In response, the US and other Western nations stalled. They gave a
long, convoluted reason, but the result was the same.

In an article entitled “Non-Lethal Weapons May Violate
Treaties”,[13] the author notes that the Certain Conventional
Weapons Convention[14] covers many of the non-conventional
weapons—”those that utilize infrasound or electromagnetic energy
(including lasers, microwave or radiofrequency radiation, or
visible light pulsed at brainwave frequency) for their effects”.

Harlan Girard, Managing Director of the International Committee
Against Offensive Microwave Weapons, told me he believes the
strategy behind the government’s recent push for less-than-lethal
weapons is a subterfuge. The ones that are now getting all the
publicity are put up for scrutiny to get the public’s approval. The
electromagnetic mind-altering technologies are not mentioned, but
would be brought in later under the umbrella of less-than- lethal
weapons.

These weapons were recently transferred from the Department of
Defense over to the Department of Justice. Why? Because there are
several international treaties that specifically limit or exclude
weapons of this nature from being used in international warfare.

In other words, weapons that are barred from use against our
country’s worst enemies (notwithstanding the fact that the US did
use this weapon against Iraqi troops!) can now be used against our
own citizens by the local police departments against such groups as
peaceful protestors of US nuclear policies.

TOWARDS GLOBAL MIND CONTROL

The secrecy involved in the development of the electromagnetic
mind-altering technology reflects the tremendous power that is
inherent in it. To put it bluntly, whoever controls this technology
can control the minds of men-all men.

There is evidence that the US Government has plans to extend the
range of this technology to envelop all peoples, all countries.
This can be accomplished, is being accomplished, by utilising the
nearly completed HAARP project[15,16] for overseas areas and the
GWEN network now in place in the US. The US Government denies all
this.

Dr Michael Persinger is a Professor of Psychology and Neuroscience
at Laurentian University, Ontario, Canada. You have met him before
in the pages of Resonance where we reported on his findings that
strong electromagnetic fields can affect a person’s brain.

“Temporal lobe stimulation,” he said, “can evoke the feeling of a
presence, disorientation, and perceptual irregularities. It can
activate images stored in the subject’s memory, including
nightmares and monsters that are normally suppressed.”[17]

Dr Persinger wrote an article a few years ago, titled “On the
Possibility of Directly Accessing Every Human Brain by
Electromagnetic Induction of Fundamental Algorithms”.[18] The
abstract reads:

“Contemporary neuroscience suggests the existence of fundamental
algorithms by which all sensory transduction is translated into an
intrinsic, brain-specific code. Direct stimulation of these codes
within the human temporal or limbic cortices by applied
electromagnetic patterns may require energy levels which are within
the range of both geomagnetic activity and contemporary
communication networks. A process which is coupled to the narrow
band of brain temperature could allow all normal human brains to
be. affected by a subharmonic whose frequency range at about 10 Hz
would only vary by 0. 1 Hz.”

He concludes the article with this:

“Within the last two decades a potential has emerged which was
improbable, but which is now marginally feasible. This potential is
the technical capability to influence directly the major portion of
the approximately six billion brains of the human species, without
mediation through classical sensory modalities, by generating
neural information within a physical medium within which all
members of the species are immersed.

“The historical emergence of such possibilities, which have ranged
from gunpowder to atomic fission, have resulted in major changes in
the social evolution that occurred inordinately quickly after the
implementation. Reduction of the risk of the inappropriate
application of these technologies requires the continued and open
discussion of their realistic feasibility and implications within
the scientific and public domain.”

It doesn’t get any plainer than that. And we do not have open
discussion because the US Government has totally denied the
existence of this technology.

Acknowledgements

I would like to give special thanks to: Jan Wiesemann for sending
the Silent Sounds[TM] statement and patents which were the keystone
of this article; Mike Coyle, whose computer search turned up many
more related patents; Harlan Girard, who has provided numerous
official government documents; and to the many who have provided
newsclippings and articles, moral and financial support to
Resonance, without which we’d have ceased publication long ago.

About the Author:

Judy Wall is Editor and Publisher of Resonance, the Newsletter of
the Bioelectromagnetics Special Interest Group. pp.11–13,15-16

Digital TV Transition (Patent) – TV Screen is the Camera Part 2

Digital TV Transition -Theory

I got to this video via reading one of the articles linked here. The guy who made it originally posted a short video in December 08 with a theory. He stuck with it and posted part 2 with proof. I’m just glad I gave up TV four years ago, but even that may not be enough.

I’m not sure if it has already been posted somewhere on the forum, or not, but figured doing it again could only be a good thing.

Thanks to nosferatu dj for showing me how to do the video thing properly.

http://www.abc.net.au/rn/ockhamsrazor/stories/2009/2563578.htm

Corruption in our world – part one of two talks

10 May 2009

|Download Audio – 10052009 http://mpegmedia.abc.net.au/rn/podcast/2009/05/orr_20090510.mp3

Today Professor Adam Graycar, Head of the School of Criminal Justice at Rutgers State University in New Jersey, discusses how corruption in our world affects everybody.

Show Transcript | Hide Transcript
Robyn Williams: Once, when working as a clerk at the Decimal Currency Board, I accepted an ice cream, a gelato, in fact, for allowing a milk bar owner a grant to convert his cash register. I was 22, and the gift was left at the front office after the event. The Chairman of the Board was Sir Walter Scott. His grandson now runs the ABC.
Corruption in 1966. In Sydney.
So what’s the global scene in 2009? Adam Graycar heads the School of Criminal Justice at Rutgers University in America. Formerly he was at the Institute of Criminology in Canberra.
Adam Graycar: Corruption in our world affects everybody. The World Economic Forum has estimated that the cost of corruption is about $2.6-trillion a year. That’s about 5% of global GDP. The World Bank has estimated that about $1-trillion a year is paid in bribes, while about $40-billion a year is looted by corrupt political leaders.
The impacts of corruption disproportionately affect the poorest and most vulnerable people in any society, and when it is widespread corruption deters investment, weakens economic growth, and undermines the rule of law.
Today, I want to talk about the phenomenon of corruption and discuss its impact, and next week, talk about what sorts of measures can be used to combat corruption.
Defining corruption is hard. It’s like describing an elephant: the bits are describable, but the totality is big, unwieldy and defies simple classification and definition.
So what is it? In a nutshell it is using official office or entrusted power, for personal gain.
The abuse of position for personal gain has occurred throughout history, and it’s often been tied into culture and relationships. In ancient market societies, being allowed to have a stall in the bazaar depended on whether you were favourably viewed by the ruler. In modern societies you buy a permit from an authority and/or pay an agreed rent. There are rules and procedures and the process is usually regulated, orderly and simple. However, there are occasions when buying the permit might involve currying favour with an official, or giving a gift, or paying a consideration to achieve an inexpensive permit to carry out a routine activity.
Corruption can be grand or it can be petty. Grand corruption involves those at the highest level of government who loot the Treasury and improperly and dishonestly manipulate and control the institutions of Power. ‘Grand corruption’ describes the activities of the late President Soeharto of Indonesia, who is reputed to have looted up to $35-billion. Former President Marcos of the Philippines who got away with about $10-billion, former President Mobutu of Zaire, whose estimate was about $5-billion, right down to minnows like former President Milosevic of Yugoslavia who got a mere $1-billion. Grand corruption also describes State capture, the manipulation by those not formally in power, of the institutions of the State and its economic direction.
Petty corruption involves relatively small amounts of money changing hands to obtain some basic service, or a permit, or to prevent something like a small fine or a parking ticket or a speeding ticket. It also covers a lot of contracts and purchases in aid programs, everything from medical equipment, bribes for medical services, purchases of textbooks in educational programs, and licences for land clearing.
But there are number of behaviours that everybody agrees, are corrupt behaviours.
Bribery, for example, where money changes hands to obtain or to facilitate a satisfactory outcome that might not have happened without the money, or might not have happened as quickly. The inducement might be in cash; it could also be in the form of inside information, meals or entertainment, holidays, employment, sexual favours. It can involve getting somebody to do, or not to do something, or to overlook something. It can flow in either direction. .
Then there’s extortion. This involves the use of force or other forms of intimidation to extract payments. A health inspector who threatens to shut down a restaurant when everything’s just fine; a safety inspector who threatens to shut down a building site if a payment is not made.
Then there’s theft and fraud. They have a place in corruption studies. This can be on a huge scale, as we saw with our kleptocrats, or can involve an official selling food from an aid shipment, or medical supplies that find their way into private practice when they have been donated for community health programs.
Abuse of discretion is very common. It happens in the issuing of permits and licences, procurement, real estate development, and often in the judicial system in some countries.
Self dealing involves hiring one’s own company, or the company belonging to close associates or relatives to provide public services. In the reconstruction phase in Iraq there have been allegations about the propriety of companies closely associated with former Vice-President Cheney being awarded massive contracts.
Patronage, nepotism or favouritism occurs when one hires somebody because of who they are, rather than what they can do. There was a celebrated case in New Jersey a few years ago, when the governor hired his lover to be National Security Chief, but the appointee had absolutely no background nor any experience that was vaguely relevant to the post. And the lover didn’t do any work in the post either. Then there are numerous examples of creating ‘no show’ jobs, a corrupt pay-off where salaries are paid for people who never or rarely turn up.
There’s conflict of interest – exploiting this creates lots of problems, and it’s also the subject of a lot of debate as different standards are often brought to bear.
Now each of these phenomena occur in different activities in any society. No bribe, no food in hospital; no bribe, no garbage collection. Every sector that delivers service to the public is vulnerable, and different societies have vastly different experiences.
In a lot of countries, justice is for sale. In many parts of India or Russia, being a police officer is an opportunity to act outside the law, and instil fear of harassment and enormous apprehension and worry within the population. Police in these countries have been known to arrest innocent people, and extort money for their release, beat and rape suspects with no recourse, harass street vendors and confiscate their goods. A recent Asian survey found that about 18% of the population had paid a police bribe in the previous year. In more sophisticated countries, some corrupt police have been deeply involved in assisting and profiting from drug manufacture and dealing, prostitution, and burglary. But most police of course are honest and conscientious and are not corrupt, and most police services have gone to great lengths to instill integrity training and have very little tolerance for the rotten apples in the barrel.
The broader justice system is also very vulnerable. Examples abound in various countries of corrupt practices in the courts. Prosecutors choose whom to prosecute – mostly those who don’t pay bribes; judges are appointed because they will do somebody’s bidding, judges take bribes, court officials schedule cases, they lose files, they lose evidence or fabricate evidence for a fee. Many poor countries have no written judgments or judicial transcripts. This makes for a most troublesome accountability.
In February 2009 two American judges in Pennsylvania were indicted for accepting $2.6-million in kickbacks over five years from the operators of two private prisons for juveniles. They arranged the funding for two private centres to be built, had the state-funded centre closed down, then filled the private centres with clients, for a kickback. The judges would remand in custody, juveniles who had committed the most minor infractions, and mostly this incarceration would be against the recommendations of the probation case officers. Sometimes the kids would be held in custody for many months before their cases were heard and, more often than not, then dismissed. The more kids in the private facility, the more money it made, and the greater the kickback to the judges. The crooked judges have entered a plea bargain, which if it works in their favour will see them serve at least seven years in the slammer. It’s interesting to note, they were indicted not for corruption, but for tax evasion and money-laundering.
The health sector is vulnerable to both grand and petty corruption. Grand corruption occurs when senior officials siphon money from the construction costs of hospitals, and petty corruption occurs when bribes are sought for routine services. In some countries a common practice is for hospital midwives to refuse to bring a baby to the mother unless a bribe is paid. In Romania, bribes are given to doctors to turn up, to nurses to give painkillers, to hospital attendants not to drop patients off the trolleys. In some health systems there is patronage in appointments and the buying of positions, no show jobs, absenteeism, all of this often on donor aid money. The prescribing and supply of drugs create many opportunities, when counterfeit pharmaceuticals are given a stamp of approval. With high corruption, immumnisation rates are lower, infant mortality is higher, and Transparency International estimates that a 2-point change in a corruption rating would halve child mortality.
In education, corruption opportunities occur in the purchase of equipment, textbooks and supplies, hiring of teachers and principals, ghost teachers, and especially in affluent communities lucrative contracts for maintenance, cleaning and meal provision. In mid-2008, we saw the devastating effects in China on schools affected by a major earthquake. It appeared that corrupt officials had allowed the construction of school buildings that were not safe, and did not withstand the force of the earthquakes, killing a lot of kids.
Many countries are rich in natural resources, and management of these is vital for the country’s prosperity and sustainability. In this sphere, grand corruption often runs rampant. Officials control supply, access and the permits, and rapacious companies bribe to clear land, extract minerals, fish or undertake logging in areas that cannot sustain these activities.
There is a real gold mine in the supply of electricity, telecommunications, water and sanitation. Again, big capital projects are susceptible to the Mr 10 percents, while numerous opportunities exist for minor officials to cut your water, falsify your meter reading, or turn a blind eye to illegal connections.
In public service delivery the quality of public officials is the most important factor that assures success, but if the recruitment process is tainted, if offices are purchased, if the bureaucracy is bloated with lots of relatives of politicians, and those who did not get their jobs through a transparent process, we’ve got a problem. If there is not a strong process of integrity training then there is a lot to do to make things work fairly and efficiently.
The impacts of corruption are devastating. If corruption undermines the rule of law, trust and harmony are non-existent. National institutions are weakened. There are gross inequities in social and economic services. Corrupt countries do not attract investment, there is economic inefficiency, and environmental damage. The national economy suffers through distorted public investment and revenue loss. Talent is reduced because it is easier to be a crooked bureaucrat than a scientist or an entrepreneur. And it is the poor who suffer most because they depend on public services and the natural environment, and they are the least able to pay bribes for essential services that should be theirs as a right.
Robyn Williams: Professor Adam Graycar from Rutgers University, New Jersey. Formerly he was Head of the Cabinet Office in South Australia. He returns next week.

Guests

Professor Adam Graycar
Head,
School of Criminal Justice,
Rutgers State University
New Jersey

Presenter

Robyn Williams

Corruption in our world – part two of two talks

17 May 2009

|Download Audio – 17052009 http://mpegmedia.abc.net.au/rn/podcast/2009/05/orr_20090517.mp3

Last week Professor Adam Graycar, Head of the School of Criminal Justice at Rutgers State University in New Jersey, talked about how corruption affects everybody. Today he suggests ways of controlling and combating corruption.

Show Transcript | Hide Transcript
Robyn Williams: Last week, Professor Adam Graycar of Rutgers, told how corruption costs us trillions of dollars, and how it’s the poor who suffer most. This week, some solutions. Professor Graycar heads the School of Criminal Justice at Rutgers University.
Adam Graycar: In many countries corruption has been criminalised, that is, it is basically illegal for a public official to solicit a bribe. But investigation, enforcement, prosecution and imposing sanctions are unfortunately, another story.
Solutions sometimes lie in structural reform: making the public service more accountable, merit based, formally organised, and very importantly, better paid. This often goes hand in hand with civic education, an open media and mobilisation of the public.
Many countries also have anti-corruption agencies, like the Independent Commission Against Corruption in New South Wales, and some work wonderfully well, such as those in Singapore and Hong Kong, while in some other countries they become part of the problem, rather than part of the solution.
In some countries were corruption is all-pervasive and endemic, combating corruption is a monumental and overwhelming task. It goes to the very heart of culture and relationships, and involves a major change in the way people do business.
The biggest picture, painted on the biggest canvas is the United Nations Convention Against Corruption. This is a global response to a global problem. So far, 131 countries have ratified this treaty, which came into effect at the end of 2005.
The Convention introduces a comprehensive set of standards, measures and rules that all countries can apply, in order to strengthen their legal and regulatory regimes to fight corruption. It calls for preventive measures and the criminalisation of the most prevalent forms of corruption in both public and private sectors. And it makes major breakthroughs by requiring Member States to return assets obtained through corruption, to the country from which they were stolen.
As Kofi Annan, the former UN Secretary-General, said when introducing the Convention, ‘Corrupt officials will in future find fewer ways to hide their illicit gains.’
The Convention commits signatory countries to developing preventive anti-corruption policies and practices, which reflect the rule of law, properly manage public affairs and public property, integrity, transparency and accountability. States are to establish anti-corruption bodies, and disseminate knowledge about the prevention of corruption.
The big task in the Convention is to strengthen the public sector by having open systems of recruiting, hiring, retention and promotion of civil servants, plus decent pay, as well as education programs. There are to be codes of conduct for public servants, proper systems for public procurement and management of public finances, as well as open public reporting. The judiciary and prosecution services are to follow standards of integrity, and the public is to have access to information. In addition, there are to be measures for preventing money laundering.
Now these preventive issues are not too hard an ask for a country like Australia, in which these things are standard in our public sector, but it is a big ask for a country with low literacy levels, and limited technology in the public sector. The Convention goes on to list the areas that states will criminalise, such as the bribery of public officials, trading in influence, abuse of functions, illicit enrichment, embezzlement of property and laundering of the proceeds of crime. It also lists a range of international co-operative arrangements for signatories, as well as processes for asset recovery.
In November, 2009, the UN will hold, in Doha, its third major conference of the state parties to progress the implementation of the Convention. It’s a long, hard road. This is a particularly important issue for many developing countries where corrupt high officials have plundered the national wealth and where governments badly need resources to reconstruct and rehabilitate their societies.
The UN is not the only body to have a significant treaty. The OECD has a Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions. Australia ratified the Convention in October 1999, and has all the appropriate legislation in place. This however, didn’t prevent one of the major scandals of recent years, the oil for food scandal, the AWB’s bribe to Saddam Hussein in Iraq.
The Council of Europe’s Group of States against Corruption also helps to identify deficiencies in national anti-corruption policies and encourages states to make the requisite legislative, institutional and practical reforms.
In the private sector the World Economic Forum has a Partnering Against Corruption Initiative, which commits signatories to a zero tolerance policy and effective programs to counter bribery.
The United States, of course, has in place all the anti-corruption legislation you could wish for. Yet The Chicago Tribune reports that every Democrat-elected Governor of Illinois in the past 50 years has either gone to jail or been impeached. In a spirit of bi-partisanship, a recent Republican Governor of Illinois is currently in prison for taking kickbacks. In February 2009 Chicago City Alderman Arenda Troutman was sentenced to four years in prison for corruption, becoming the 28th Chicago City Alderman since 1972 to be sent to prison. In Newark, New Jersey, the city in which I work, 5 of the past 7 mayors have been indicted, and the three most recent ex-mayors have all gone to prison for corruption. Sharpe James, who was Mayor of the city for 20 years until 2006, was sentenced in 2008 to a prison term for corrupt land dealings. He sold for a song city land that wasn’t his to sell.
Rarely does a week go by in my state without the newspapers reporting the arrest of a local council politician or State politician or city official for corruption.
So this is where there is a lot of legislation, where there are crusading prosecutors, a vigilant media, and politicians who get elected on promises to clean up. Imagine what it is like in some African or South American countries where there is endemic corruption, and no infrastructure or public culture to pursue and penetrate the issues with commitment and rigour.
So where does this leave us? Preventing corruption is more constructive and gets better results than dealing with corruption by criminal law enforcement. Corruption is not inevitable. Corruption may occur when inclination and opportunity meet and where there is no ‘capable guardian’. Any starting diagnosis has to determine whether the corrupt act is done for greed, or whether it’s done for survival.
Counter corruption strategies can be developed to increase the risks and to reduce the rewards, and also significantly, to remove excuses. Breaking each potential act of corruption into smaller pieces can assist in putting in place the protective frameworks. Focus on corruptible and corrupted tasks one by one and figure out how each task works, and why that process may be corruptible. There is no magic bullet.
For example, to make corruption more difficult, employers can focus on rigorous and transparent recruiting, hiring, retention, promotion and retirement practices, and there are plenty of models to follow. The same can be said of situations to prevent conflict of interest. A public official should disqualify themselves from any matter if he or she, or a close relative, stand to benefit from the matter at hand.
When we turn to decision-making structures, particularly decisions about procurement, but also other areas of discretion such as issuing permits, licences, or building approvals, key decisions can be make collectively, in accordance with the ‘four-eye principle’, having somebody else look at. This principle calls for several public officials or units to participate in and verify an issue, making it more difficult to exert improper influence. When I worked for the South Australian government there was a very rigorous procurement process which required many levels of analysis, written ratings of tenders which ranked many criteria, and a process to assemble and transmit the information from everybody involved.
Where decisions or cases are recurring, the procedure can be standardised to minimise the use of discretion. This standardisation can include splitting complex processes among two or more public officials, applying the ‘four-eye principle’ that I mentioned a moment ago, and avoiding the concentration of competence in the hands of a single public official.
Where an official acts fairly autonomously off-site, such as a health inspector, or a police officer patrolling a remote road for speeding, it can be more difficult. First, culture is most important here so that they don’t even think of behaving badly. Secondly, there can be processes that remove discretion or which do random checks as follow-ups. Technology can also play a part. Radar can catch speedsters. Integrity testing can test the willingness to accept a bribe.
When we get into increasing the risk of behaving corruptly, we can encourage reporting. Public officials can be required to report suspected misconduct to their immediate superior, the head of an agency or to investigative bodies. Where officials fail to report, they can be deemed culpable. Of course there might be situations where a public official wants to report suspected misconduct, but is concerned about possible retaliation by the corrupt person, and here we have to protect whistleblowers.
Internal and external supervision measures can be put in place. In corrupt transactions, neither party has an interest in the transaction coming to light. For this reason, merely encouraging one or the other to report the corruption is not enough. Business processes can be re-worked to develop, say, periodic review of case files and invoices, either by superiors or by internal auditors.
Good managers are attuned to warning signals or red flags. Examples of the indicators used are a conspicuous and unexplainable high standard of living on the part of a public official; conspicuously deferential treatment of applicants or bidders; frequent ‘business trips’ to certain companies that do business with the administrative sector in question, and private contacts between public officials and representatives of companies, including membership in the same clubs and societies, or employment of family members in the company.
In public procurement, additional warning signs include changes made to the contract due to alleged errors in calculation supplements made to the contract after it had already been won by a bidder, or a subsequent reduction of the original bid; and unusual billing (such as billing for work that was not part of the tender or for nonexistent deliveries or services, or incomplete billing, or double billing, and unusually prompt payments).
This is only the tip of an iceberg. Then those with responsibility will have a better understanding of the opportunities that exist to do the wrong thing, the motivations, the temptations and the culture, and can order their integrity frameworks and business practices and controls, so that doing the right thing is the norm, and is seen by everybody as the norm.
Robyn Williams: Adam Graycar is Director of the Rutgers Institute of Corruption Studies in New Jersey.
Next week, just to show how the budget is a mere trifle compared to climate threats, Geoff Hudson, on methane.
I’m Robyn Williams.

Professor Adam Graycar
Head of the School of Criminal Justice,
Rutgers State University,
New Jersey,
USA

Presenter

Robyn Williams

Earth Dimming NASA’s Final Solution Is a Gas!

credits go to http://www.youtube.com/user/3rdEyeDear for providing this video.

The subject is sulphur dioxide and sulphuric acid being used as a supposed sunscreen at a time when scientists are arguing there’s going to be an Ice Age. Views expressed do not necessarily reflect the maker; opposing and provocative opinions are presented to initiate debate, taking a different angle on NASA’s doomsday scenario, which tells us we must do as they say or else the world will end. As the news article says: “Last best hope or crazy talk? Tell us!”

Thanks to P for the global dimming link.

Articles discussed:

Global dimming plan to avert climate change disaster
http://www.news.com.au/couriermail/story/0,23739,23727398-952,00.html

When a killer cloud hit Britain
http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/science/nature/6276291.stm
——————————————————————————————

now for some more related information:

Global Dimming
Reporter: BBC Horizon
Broadcast: 21/03/2005
http://www.abc.net.au/4corners/content/2005/s1325819.htm

Global Dimming Documentary Part 1/5

Global Dimming
by Anup Shah
This Page Created Saturday, January 15, 2005
http://www.globalissues.org/article/529/global-dimming

Global dimming
A web-based activity exploring this recently identified phemomenon
http://science.uniserve.edu.au/school/sheets/globaldimming.html

Global Dimming?
Filed under:
* Aerosols
* Climate Science
* Greenhouse gases
gavin @ 18 January 2005
http://www.realclimate.org/index.php/archives/2005/01/global-dimming/

Global dimming
http://www.planetextinction.com/planet_extinction_global_dimming.htm

http://www.news.com.au/couriermail/story/0,23739,23727398-952,00.html

Global dimming plan to avert climate change disaster

May 20, 2008 12:00am

IN a doomsday scenario straight out of the Matrix trilogy, top scientist Tim Flannery has claimed humanity may need to blot out the sun to survive global warming.
The former Australian of the Year says sulphur could be pumped into the Earth’s stratosphere to keep out the sun’s rays and slow global warming, a process called global dimming.

Last best hope or crazy talk? Tell us

“It would change the colour of the sky,” Professor Flannery said.
“It’s the last resort that we have, it’s the last barrier to a climate collapse.
“We need to be ready to start doing it in perhaps five years’ time if we fail to achieve what we’re trying to achieve.”
In the Matrix trilogy, the human resistance “scorches the sky” to block out the sun and deny humanity’s man-made mechanical enemies solar energy.
Now a similar strategy is being proposed to counter another human-created threat that’s just as grave.
Professor Flannery said climate change was happening so quickly that mankind may need to resort to his radical plan to survive.
He said the sulphur could be dispersed above the Earth’s surface by adding it to jet fuel.
He conceded there were risks to global dimming via sulphur.
“The consequences of doing that are unknown.”
Professor Flannery, who spoke at a business and sustainability conference in Parliament House today, said new science showed the world was much more susceptible to greenhouse gas emissions that had been thought eight years ago.
Regardless of what happened to emissions in the future, there was already far too much greenhouse gas in the atmosphere, he said.
Cutting emissions was not enough. Mankind now had to take greenhouse gases out of the air.
“The current burden of greenhouse gas in the atmosphere is in fact more than sufficient to cause catastrophic climate change,” Prof Flannery said.
“Everything’s going in the wrong direction at the moment, timelines are getting shorter, the amount of pollution in the atmosphere is growing.”
“It’s extremely urgent.”
As well as the global dimming plan, Professor Flannery said carbon should be taken out of the air and converted into charcoal, then ploughed into farmers’ fields.
Wealthy people should pay poor farmers in tropical zones to plant forests – possibly through a direct purchase scheme like the eBay website.
And all conventional coal-fired power stations – which did not have “clean coal” technology – should be closed by 2030.
Capturing carbon emissions from coal-fired power stations and storing it underground – called carbon capture and storage – was a good idea, Professor Flannery said.
He urged Australia to dramatically fast-track CCS research and give the technology to the Chinese, who are building the equivalent of one new coal-fired power station a week.
Professor Flannery said while the Rudd Government was doing more to tackle climate change than its predecessor, it was still “nowhere near enough.”
He called on the Government to remove the means test on the $8000 rebate for domestic solar panels introduced in last week’s Budget.
“It’s probably the bureaucrats getting in the way, we all know that sort of policy is not going to work,” he said.


http://www.news.com.au/story/0,23599,23583382-5009760,00.html

‘Forget global warming, prepare for Ice Age’

By Brendan O’Keefe
The Australian
April 23, 2008 10:39am

Chop and change … scientists says we should be less concerned by global warming and more worried about a new Ice Age / Reuters

* Aussie scientist Phil Chapman monitors sun spots
* Says forget warming – we could be heading into Ice Age
* Check out your local weather forecast

SUNSPOT activity has not resumed up after hitting an 11-year low in March last year, raising fears that – far from warming – the globe is about to return to an Ice Age.
Astronaut and geophysicist Phil Chapman, the first Australian to become an astronaut with NASA, said pictures from the US Solar and Heliospheric Observatory showed no spots on the sun.
He said the world cooled quickly between January last year and January this year, by about 0.7C.
“This is the fastest temperature change in the instrumental record, and it puts us back to where we were in 1930,” Dr Chapman writes in The Australian today.
“If the temperature does not soon recover, we will have to conclude that global warming is over.”
The Bureau of Meteorology says temperatures in Australia have been warmer than the 1960-90 average since the late 1970s, barring a couple of cooler years, and are now 0.3C higher than the long-term average.

A sunspot is a region on the sun that is cooler than the rest and appears dark.
Some scientists believe a strong solar magnetic field, when there is plenty of sunspot activity, protects the earth from cosmic rays, cutting cloud formation, but that when the field is weak – during low sunspot activity – the rays can penetrate into the lower atmosphere and cloud cover increases, cooling the surface.
But scientists from the US National Centre for Atmospheric Research in Bolder, Colorado published a report in 2006 that showed the sun had a negligible effect on climate change.
The researchers wrote in the journal Nature that the sun’s brightness varied by only 0.07per cent over 11-year sunspot cycles, and that that was far too little to account for the rise in temperatures since the Industrial Revolution.
Dr Chapman proposes preventive, or delaying, moves to slow the cooling, such as bulldozing Siberian and Canadian snow to make it dirty and less reflective. “
My guess is that the odds are now at least 50:50 that we will see significant cooling rather than warming in coming decades,” he writes.


http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/science/nature/6276291.stm

When a killer cloud hit Britain

By Dan Walker
BBC Two’s Timewatch

The eruption of Laki was one of the biggest in recorded history

Laki erupts

A little over 200 years ago, the eruption of a volcano in Iceland sent a huge toxic cloud across Western Europe. It was the greatest natural disaster to hit modern Britain, killing many thousands – but it has been almost forgotten by history.
“Such multitudes are indisposed by fevers in this country that farmers have difficulty gathering their harvest, the labourers having been almost every day carried out of the field incapable of work and many die.”
So wrote Hertfordshire poet William Cowper in the summer of 1783.
Across the country, newspapers reported the presence of a thick smog, and a dull sun, “coloured like it has been soaked in blood”.
The cloud first reached Britain on the 22 June 1783. In his Naturalist’s Journal, Gilbert White reported: “The peculiar haze or smoky fog that prevailed in this island and even beyond its limits was a most extraordinary appearance, unlike anything known within the memory of man.”
The killer cloud lasted weeks, if not months, and engulfed much of Western Europe – as thousands of kilometres away in Iceland, the volcano Laki continued to erupt.
Millions of tonnes of toxic gas were carried by the prevailing winds across Scandinavia and eventually to Britain.
The cloud contained sulphur dioxide and sulphuric acid which attacked the lungs of its victims, choking and killing men and women, rich and poor alike.
Forgotten disaster
The events are better documented in Iceland where up to a third of the population died. Yet, incredibly, the British tragedy wrought by Laki has been largely forgotten.
Evidence now brought together by BBC Two’s Timewatch makes clear the extent of the disaster.
Panic and fear were widespread – as was death. But just how many died, no-one knew until recently.
Dr John Grattan of Aberystwyth University, Wales, has spent a decade scrutinising hundreds of local parish records looking for evidence of Laki’s deadly effect.
“In Maulden (in Bedfordshire) the normal number of people who might be expected to have died in the summer would be about four or five – and in the summer of 1783 seventeen people die here.

Acid rain, smog and extreme weather hit Britain for months

Impact on Britain

“In nearby Cranfield, 23 people die in the summer and usually they’d see about six. And in Ampthill, it’s 11 and usually it’s about five. So parish by parish, these numbers add up considerably.”
Dr Grattan’s research revealed a similar pattern across the county, and across much of eastern and central England.
From the fives and tens in each parish, Laki’s death toll increases into the hundreds, then thousands, then tens of thousands.
In total, he estimates Laki’s killer cloud took the lives of 23,000 British men and women, making it the greatest natural disaster in modern British history. France and other countries were similarly hit.
And it could happen again. Iceland has 18 volcanoes that have been active in recent centuries, the greatest concentration anywhere on the planet.
“There will be another one,” says leading vulcanologist Professor Stephen Self, of the Open University, who has studied the Laki eruption.
“It’s difficult to predict what size it will be, but there will be future events like this from Iceland.
“Ash clouds, gas clouds, sulphuric acid clouds from Iceland could sweep across Britain again.”
Timewatch: Killer Cloud is on BBC Two on Friday 19 January at 2100 GMT


http://www.abc.net.au/4corners/content/2005/s1325819.htm

Global Dimming

Reporter: BBC Horizon
Broadcast: 21/03/2005

Noticed less sunshine lately? Scientists have discovered that the amount of sunlight reaching the Earth’s surface has been falling over recent decades.
If the climatologists are right, their discovery holds the potential for powerful disruption to life on our planet. Already it may have contributed to many thousands of deaths through drought and famine.
Essentially, the phenomenon called “global dimming” may mean that even the direst predictions about the rate of global warming have been seriously underestimated.
Until recently many scientists had never heard of global dimming. Among those who had, a lot remained sceptical. Now, thanks in part to the work of Australian researchers, the debate is set to edge into public consciousness.
This special report from the BBC’s Horizon program reveals how global dimming was gradually unmasked by isolated groups of scientists across the world … in Israel, Germany, the US and Australia.
Global dimming is a product of the fossil fuels that cause global warming. It is the result of tiny airborne pieces of soot, ash and sulphur compounds reflecting back the heat of the sun.
By allowing less sunlight to reach the Earth, global dimming is cushioning us from the full impact of global warming, climatologists say. They fear that as we burn coal and oil more cleanly, and dimming is reduced, the full effects of global warming will be unleashed.
The worst-case scenario has temperatures rising by up to 10 degrees by the end of the century – twice more than previously thought.
Scientists have also linked global dimming to the failure of rains in sub-Saharan Africa – and the catastrophic droughts that hit Ethiopia in the 1980s. They worry that the same thing will happen again in areas like Asia, home to billions of people.
The overriding concern expressed by climate scientists in this program is that our climate will be radically altered, rendering many parts of the planet uninhabitable – unless concerted action is taken to combat both global dimming and global warming.


http://www.globalissues.org/article/529/global-dimming

Global Dimming

Author and Page information

* by Anup Shah
* This Page Created Saturday, January 15, 2005

* This page: http://www.globalissues.org/article/529/global-dimming.
* To print all information e.g. expanded side notes, shows alternative links, use the print version:
o http://www.globalissues.org/print/article/529

On January 15, 2005, the BBC broadcast its weekly acclaimed Horizon documentary. This one was about a dangerous phenomenon called Global Dimming.
This web page has the following sub-sections:

1. Burning of fossil fuels is creating two effects
2. What is global dimming?
3. Impacts of global dimming: millions already killed by it?
1. Health and environmental effects
2. Millions from Famines in the Sahel in the 70s and 80s
3. Billions are likely to be affected in Asia from similar effects
4. As well as fossil fuel burning, contrails is another source
4. Global Dimming is hiding the true power of Global Warming
1. Addressing global dimming only will lead to massive global warming
5. Root causes of global warming also must be addressed
6. More Information

Burning of fossil fuels is creating two effects

Two effects of fossil fuel productions are:

* Greenhouse gases that cause global warming
* By-products which are pollutants that cause global dimming

Back to top

What is global dimming?

Fossil fuel use, as well as producing greenhouse gases, creates other by-products. These by-products are also pollutants, such as sulphur dioxide, soot, and ash. These pollutants however, also change the properties of clouds.
Clouds are formed when water droplets are seeded by air-borne particles, such as pollen. Polluted air results in clouds with larger number of droplets than unpolluted clouds. This then makes those clouds more reflective. More of the sun’s heat and energy is therefore reflected back into space.
This reduction of heat reaching the earth is known as Global Dimming.
Back to top

Impacts of global dimming: millions already killed by it?

Global warming results from the greenhouse effect caused by, amongst other things, excessive amounts of greenhouse gases in the earth’s atmosphere from fossil fuel burning. It would seem then, that the other by-products which cause global dimming may be an ironic savior.
A deeper look at this, however, shows that unfortunately this is not the case.
Health and environmental effects

The pollutants that lead to global dimming also lead to various human and environmental problems, such as smog, respiratory problems, and acid rain.
The impacts of global dimming itself, however, can be devastating.

Millions from Famines in the Sahel in the 70s and 80s

The death toll that global dimming may have already caused is thought to be massive.
Climatologists studying this phenomenon believe that the reflection of heat have made waters in the northern hemisphere cooler. As a result, less rain has formed in key areas and crucial rainfall has failed to arrive over the Sahel in Northern Africa.
In the 1970s and 1980s, massive famines were caused by failed rains which climatologists had never quite understood why they had failed.
The answers that global dimming models seemed to provide, the documentary noted, has led to a chilling conclusion: “what came out of our exhaust pipes and power stations [from Europe and North America] contributed to the deaths of a million people in Africa, and afflicted 50 million more” with hunger and starvation.

Billions are likely to be affected in Asia from similar effects

Scientists said that the impact of global dimming might not be in the millions, but billions. The Asian monsoons bring rainfall to half the world’s population. If this air pollution and global dimming has a detrimental impact on the Asian monsoons some 3 billion people could be affected.

As well as fossil fuel burning, contrails is another source

Contrails (the vapor from planes flying high in the sky) were seen as another significant cause of heat reflection.
During the aftermath of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks in the United States, all commercial flights were grounded for the next three days.
This allowed climate scientists to look at the effect on the climate when there were no contrails and no heat reflection.
What scientists found was that the temperature rose by some 1 degree centigrade in that period of 3 days.

Back to top

Global Dimming is hiding the true power of Global Warming

The above impacts of global dimming have led to fears that global dimming has been hiding the true power of global warming.
Currently, most climate change models predict a 5 degrees increase in temperature over the next century, which is already considered extremely grave. However, global dimming has led to an underestimation of the power of global warming.
Addressing global dimming only will lead to massive global warming

Global dimming can be dealt with by cleaning up emissions.
However, if global dimming problems are only addressed, then the effects of global warming will increase even more. This may be what happened to Europe in 2003.
In Europe, various measures have been taken in recent years to clean up the emissions to reduce pollutants that create smog and other problems, but without reducing the greenhouse gas emissions in parallel. This seems to have had a few effects:

* This may have already lessened the severity of droughts and failed rains in the Sahel.
* However, it seems that it may have caused, or contributed to, the European heat wave in 2003 that killed thousands in France, saw forest fires in Portugal, and caused many other problems throughout the continent.

The documentary noted that the impacts of addressing global dimming only would increase global warming more rapidly. Irreversible damage would be only about 30 years away. Global level impacts would include:

* The melting of ice in Greenland, which would lead to more rising sea levels. This in turn would impact many of our major world cities
* Drying tropical rain forests would increase the risk of burning. This would release even more carbon dioxide into the atmosphere, further increasing global warming effects. (Some countries have pushed for using “carbon sinks” to count as part of their emission targets. This has already been controversial because these store carbon dioxide that can be released into the atmosphere when burnt. Global dimming worries increase these concerns even more.)

These and other effects could combine to lead to an increase of 10 degrees centigrade in temperature over the next 100 years, not the standard 5 degrees which most models currently predict.
This would be a more rapid warming than any other time in history, the documentary noted. With such an increase,

* Vegetation will die off even more quickly
* Soil erosion will increase and food production will fail
* A Sahara type of climate could be possible in places such as England, while other parts of the world would fare even worse.
* Such an increase in temperature would also release one of the biggest stores of greenhouse gases on earth, methane hydrate, currently contained at the bottom of the earth’s oceans and known to destabilize with warming. This gas is eight times stronger than carbon dioxide in its greenhouse effect. As the documentary also added, due to the sheer amounts that would be released, by this time, whatever we would try to curb emissions, it would be too late.

“This is not a prediction,” the documentary said, “it is a warning of what will happen if we clean up the pollution while doing nothing about greenhouse gases.”

Back to top

Root causes of global warming also must be addressed

If we were to use global dimming pollutants to stave off the effects of global warming, we would still face many problems, such as:

* Human health problems from the soot/smog
* Environmental problems such as acid rain
* Ecological problems such as changes in rainfall patterns (as the Ethiopian famine example above reminds us) which can kill millions, if not billions.

Climatologists are stressing that the roots of both global dimming causing pollutants and global warming causing greenhouse gases have to be dealt with together and soon.
We may have to change our way of life, the documentary warned. While this has been a message for over 20 years, as part of the climate change concerns, little has actually been done. “Rapidly,” the documentary concluded, “we are running out of time.”
Back to top

More Information

* The transcript of the documentary from the BBC web site
* Frequently asked questions about global dimming article, which accompanies the transcript.
* Why the sun seems to be ‘dimming’, BBC, January 13, 2005
* Goodbye Sunshine, The Guardian, December 18, 2003

Back to top

Where next?

Related articles

1. Climate Change and Global Warming Introduction
2. Global Dimming
3. UN Framework Convention on Climate Change
4. Reactions to Climate Change Negotiations and Action
5. Global Warming, Spin and Media
6. Climate Justice and Equity
7. Climate Change Flexibility Mechanisms
8. Carbon Sinks, Forests and Climate Change
9. Global Warming and Population
10. Energy Security

See more related articles


http://science.uniserve.edu.au/school/sheets/globaldimming.html

Global dimming
A web-based activity exploring this recently identified phemomenon created by Kaye Placing
UniServe Science
Introduction | Task and Resources | Glossary | Follow-up |

Introduction

We hear and read a great deal about climate change and in particular “global warming”. But it is only in recent years that we have been alerted to another man-made feature of climate change – “global dimming”.
In this WebSheet, you will investigate the phenomenon known as “global dimming”, how it was discovered, its cause and effect and what are the consequences if we do, or do not, act to slow or stop “global dimming”.

Task and resources

Construct answers for the following questions from the information to be found in the web sites list below.

In constructing your answers, note the web site from which the information was obtained.

1.
2. Examine the observations that have led some scientists to propose the phenonemon termed “global dimming” or “solar dimming”
3. Define “global dimming”
4. Account for the fact that the theory of “global dimming” was ignored for over 30 years
5. Outline the suggested causes of “global dimming”
6. Discuss the possible effects of “global dimming” and some events that have been attributed to “global dimming”
7. Describe two experiments or observations that support the theory of “global dimming”
8. Compare “global dimming” and “global warming”
9. Deduce the effect on “global warming” if “global dimming” is rectified
10. Which is the more accurate term for this phenomenon, “global dimming” or “solar dimming”? Can you suggest an alternative term? Justify your answer.

Useful web sites

*
* Goodbye sunshine
- from The Guardian newspaper
* Global dimming
- summary of Horizon program on BBC (also screened on ABC 4 Corners) with link to transcript
* Why the Sun seems to be ‘dimming’
- from BBC
* Global Dimming
- from Global Issues that Affect Everyone
* Global Dimming
- from 4 Corners, ABC
* Could Global Warming Mean Less Sunshine and Less Rainfall?
- from Earth Observatory, NASA
* Global dimming
- from Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
* Global Dimming: A Hot Climate Topic
- from US Department of Energy’s Atmospheric Radiation Measurement (ARM)

Glossary

Here are some words that you may come across in your research. Find meanings for them by entering “define” and the word in the Google search engine.

1.
2. Pan evaporation
3. aerosols
4. anthropogenic
5. contrail
6. effective rainfall
7. evapotranspiration
8. particulates
9. insolation

Follow-up

Summarise the usefulness of each of the web sites used in order to complete the questions above. Consider such issues as:

*
* Was the information presented in each web site comprehensive?
* Was the information presented in a web site biased?
* Was the information from a identified, reputable source?
* Was the information referenced?


http://www.realclimate.org/index.php/archives/2005/01/global-dimming/

Technical Note: We have just upgraded the blog software. It looks ok, but please let us know (contrib -at- realclimate.org) if there are any problems. Update: enabling comment preview caused unacceptable loads on the server, possibly because it conflicts in some way with caching. Any suggestions for a pop-up previewer that might work better would be appreciated!

Global Dimming?

Filed under:

* Aerosols
* Climate Science
* Greenhouse gases

— gavin @ 18 January 2005 – ()
It just so happens that most of the posts on this site have tried to counteract arguments from those who would sow fake “uncertainty” in the climate debate. But lest our readers feel that we are unjustifiably certain about our knowledge, let us look at a recent example of the opposite tendency: too much certainty.
A recent BBC Horizon documentary (transcript) raised the issue of ‘global dimming’ and argued that this ‘killer’ phenomena’s newly-recognised existence would lead to huge re-assessments of future global warming. As part of the hyperbole, the process of global dimming was linked very clearly to the famines in Ethiopia in the 1980s and the implication was left that worse was to come. Media reports with headlines like “Fossil Fuel Curbs May Speed Global Warming” swiftly followed. So what’s the real story?

Global dimming is indicated by measurements over land areas in many regions in the world and may therefore be a real phenomena. Though there are serious issues with the quality of some of the data (birds drinking out of uncovered evaporation pans, drift and inhomogeneities in the solar radiation measuring instruments), in the most global assessment, Beate Liepert estimated that there was globally a reduction of about 4% in solar radiation reaching the ground between 1961 and 1990. While more recent indications are that the trend may have reversed in the last decade, it could still be significant. Assuming for the sake of argument that these data are valid, what could have caused this? A change of that magnitude in the incoming solar radiation itself is not possible since satellite observations would have seen it. Thus, it must be something that is happening in the atmosphere to intercept solar radiation. There are only a few possibilities: clouds, water vapour or aerosols.
First of all it is important to note that even pure greenhouse gas forcing will lead to a slight decrease in surface solar radiation (due to the concurrent increased humidity) and potential cloud feedbacks. Cloud cover and thickness are both like to vary as a function of climate change.
Contrails (those wispy trails left behind high flying jets) have increased over the period and may be important. But estimates of their global effect, even making very generous assumptions about their spread are small (Minnis et al, 2004). Aerosols are also known to have increased over this time, and so they are a natural candidate. However, simulations using the relatively straightforward ‘direct effect’ of aerosols (the increase in albedo of the planet due to the particle brightness) do not match the inferred changes. The final candidates are numerous interactions of aerosols with clouds, the so-called ‘indirect effects’.
There are an ever increasing number of these ‘indirect effects’, but the two most discussed are the aerosol/cloud opacity interaction (more aerosols provide more sites for water to condense in clouds, thus cloud droplets are smaller and clouds become more opaque), and the cloud lifetime effect (smaller droplets make it more difficult to make drops big enough to rain, and so clouds live longer). Estimates of the importance of such effects vary widely, and while they are thought to be significant, the uncertainty associated with them is very large. These effects are nevertheless a necessary part of the suite of human-related forcings that are being assessed in order to understand the climate of the 20th Century.
It should however be stressed that there are as yet no completely convincing explanations that quantitatively match the (admittedly uncertain) observations of this phenomena (Liepert and Lohmann, 2004). However, the Horizon documentary nevertheless confidently asserts that:

Global dimming is a killer. It may have been behind the worst climatic disaster of recent times, responsible for famine and death on a biblical scale. And Global Dimming is poised to strike again.

The reference is to the 1980s famine in Ethiopia, partly caused by the failure of the Sahel monsoon (but clearly exacerbated by the poor governance of the Menghistu regime then in power). The link is based on a single modelling sensitivity study (Rotstayn and Lohmann, 2002) which looked at only the changes in the indirect effect from the pre-industrial (ca. 1850) to the present day. In this study, there was a shift southward of the rainfall belts in a similar way to that observed over the whole century (i.e. not necessarily just the 1980s). While this is indeed very interesting and does suggest that aerosol indirect effects can have important climatic consequences, it is merely the first step to attributing any particular climatic effect (failure of Sahel monsoon) to a particular cause (aerosol indirect effects). The obvious open questions relate to the importance of other forcings, in particular, greenhouse gases (which were not changed in this experiment), and the robustness of any transient response (i.e. does a simulated drought occur in the Sahel in the 1980s more often than at any other time). Absent this further study (which we expect is ongoing as part of the assessments related to the IPCC 4th Assessment report), it is horribly premature to declare ‘global dimming’ the cause of this event. Note that while this study looked at the aerosol effects, it makes no claim to actually match the ‘global dimming’ results. Additionally, other model experiments (Giannini et al, 2003) point to warmer Indian Ocean temperatures to explain the 1980s droughts.
Aerosols are however much more clearly responsible for serious respiratory problems in big cities (London prior to 1950s, Beijing today), and their health impacts are well known. This was one of the big pushes behind initiatives like the Clean Air acts in many countries which reduced aerosol emissions from power stations. While in the developed world (US, Europe, the ex-USSR) emissions have been falling, the global burden is increasing because of development in India and China. Since, on average, aerosols have a cooling effect (although some absorbing aerosols like black carbon (soot) are actually adding to global warming), reducing current aerosol levels (particularly sulphates) is equivalent to an extra warming effect.
An important point to note is that while cooling from aerosols and warming from greenhouse gases may have a slight cancelling effect in the global mean, this is not true regionally. Ideas that we should increase aerosol emissions to counteract global warming have been described as a “Faustian bargain” because that would imply an ever increasing amount of emissions in order to match the accumulated GHG in the atmosphere, with ever increasing monetary and health costs.
Does this all have either an implication for the global climate sensitivity (how much warming would result from a doubling of CO2) or the scenarios used by IPCC to project climate changes out to 2100? This is where I have to disagree most strongly with the commentary in the program. First, if we were trying to estimate climate sensitivity purely from the response over the 20th century, we would need to know a number of things quite exactly: chiefly the magnitude of all the relevant forcings. However, the uncertainties in the different aerosol effects in particular, preclude an accurate determination from the instrumental period alone. While it is true that, holding everything else equal, an increase in how much cooling was associated with aerosols would lead to an increase in the estimate of climate sensitivity, the error bars are too large for this to be much of a constraint. The estimate of 3+/-1 deg C (for doubled CO2) based on paleo-data and model studies is therefore still valid, even after this program.
Secondly, would a re-evaluation of the aerosol effect imply that projections to 2100 must be worse than previously suggested? If the climate sensitivity lies within the bounds considered in IPCC TAR (which I would argue is still the case), the answer is no. The most extreme scenario postulated in TAR (A1F1) already has a big reduction in sulphate aerosol forcing, and so the temperature changes by 2100 are almost purely a function of the GHG forcing. They are therefore unaffected by a re-evaluation of the aerosol indirect effect.
The suggested ‘doubling’ of the rate of warming in the future compared to even the most extreme scenario developed by IPCC is thus highly exaggerated. Supposed consequences such as the drying up of the Amazon Basin, melting of Greenland, and a North African climate regime coming to the UK, are simply extrapolations built upon these exaggerations. Whether these conclusions are actually a fair summary of what the scientists quoted in the program wanted to say is unknown. However, while these extreme notions might make good television, they do a dis-service to the science.

Comments (pop-up) (25)

25 Responses to “Global Dimming?”

* 1
Ramon Guirado says:
18 January 2005 at 1:41 PM
Please I need some help, Where can I find a graph with data of concentrations of the different gasses in the history of the planet?
* 2
Grant says:
18 January 2005 at 2:27 PM
If “The most extreme scenario postulated in TAR” is almost solely dependent on GHG emissions, why would the introduction of aerosol effects not change the results?
[Response: If the scenario postulates that GHG are going to be much higher, and that aerosol changes are going to be small, than the bulk of the response will be due to the GHG. Therefore revisions to the magnitude of the effects of the small component are not going to make a significant difference - gavin]
* 3
Linus Senhen says:
18 January 2005 at 6:03 PM
Noted Climatologist James K. Glassman of the American Enterprise Institute recently wrote an article for a southern California newspaper about global warming being caused by changes in the sun. Specifically, he states “Research indicates, more and more, that recent warming at the surface of the Earth is mainly influenced by cyclical changes at the surface of the sun …” I am not in the field but I was not aware of any recent research about the sun affecting recent warming. What gives? At any rate, this made me think of the Milankovitch theories of Earth’s orbital attitude. As I remember, they were connected to fluctuations in Earth’s climate and were pretty well accepted after WWII. They were all in cycles of 1000’s of years and consisted of wobble around the axis, change in obliquity to the orbit and precession effect. Has any work been done to improve on the theories or on their effect on climate?
[Response: Noted climatologist? Hmm... However, see our posts on one potential mechanism for solar forcing of climate. Solar changes are quite uncertain prior to the satellite era, but the best estimates only show a modest role for solar forcing over the last century (see Foukal 2004, Lean et al, 2002 or the new NAS study. Milankovitch forcings are well accepted, and are understood to be the driving forces controlling the glacial-interglacial cycles, see Loutre and Berger (2000) for one of the latest discussions of this and the relevance to future climate change. - gavin]
[Response 2: Presumably JKG, and this article or like it. To be fair to him, does doesn't claim or possess any climatolgy qualifications... or was the "Noted" bit sarcastic? - William]
* 4
dave says:
18 January 2005 at 7:27 PM
Peter Cox (Hadley Centre) played a big part in that BBC presentation. Also, drying out of the Amazon by 2050 is one modeling result of the HADCM3 coupled climate model. Cox seems to be straightforward in saying that reduced aerosol effects (cooling) will result in greater warming (from GHGs) and that the cooling effect now is stronger than normally supposed. Here’s Cox:

We’ve got two competing effects really, that we’ve got the greenhouse effect, which has tended to warm up the climate. But then we’ve got this other effect that’s much stronger than we thought, which is a cooling effect that comes from particles in the atmosphere. And they’re competing with one another.

I do not mean to stir things up, but are you saying the folks at the Hadley Centre have gone off the deep end?
[Response: Not at all. The quote you give is fine as it stands. It's well accepted that aerosol cooling (by both direct and indirect effects) has balanced greenhouse gas warming to some extent. My complaint concerns the putative conclusions that the narrator makes concerning climate sensitivity and the implications for the high end IPCC scenarios. Peter Cox does not explicitly make those points, though he does appear to assume a similarly high rate of warming is possible. If Peter is reading, I'd love a clarification of what he meant. - gavin]
* 5
Mark Bahner says:
19 January 2005 at 12:06 AM
Gavin Schmidt writes, “The suggested ‘doubling’ of the rate of warming in the future compared to even the most extreme scenario developed by IPCC is thus highly exaggerated. Supposed consequences such as the drying up of the Amazon Basin, melting of Greenland, and a North African climate regime coming to the UK, are simply extrapolations built upon these exaggerations. Whether these conclusions are actually a fair summary of what the scientists quoted in the program wanted to say is unknown.”
I think it’s pretty well known. Just look at the BBC transcript to which you hyperlinked:
DR PETER COX: “If we don’t do anything by about twenty thirty we could have a global warming of exceeding two degrees, and at that point it’s believed the Greenland ice sheet would start to melt in a way that you wouldn’t be able to stop it once it started it, it would melt. Take a long time to melt but ultimately it would lead to a sea level rise of seven or eight metres.”
DR PETER COX: “2040 it could be four degrees warmer, the climate change could have led to big drying particularly in the Amazon Basin, that would make the forest unsustainable, we’d expect the forest to catch fire probably, turn into savannah and maybe ultimately even desert if it gets really really dry as our model suggests.”
DR PETER COX: (Referring to the United Kingdom): “We’re talking about a change from er a lush, moist climate, environment like this, to a North African climate in just a few decades or a hundred years.”
DR PETER COX: “You can imagine ten degree warming in the UK in a hundred years is catastrophic. Ten degree warming in a hot country already makes it essentially uninhabitable.”
[Response: Without access to the full interview, you don't know the context in which Dr. Cox was speaking. He may have been asked 'Let's just imagine that climate sensitivity was twice as big as you thought, what would that imply for the UK under the top-end IPCC scenario?' . Absent further information, you cannot conclude that he was saying these impacts were likely or even plausible. 'Mugging' of scientists in such ways is not unknown. My personal dealings with Dr. Cox have lead me to respect his judgement and expertise, and so I am inclined to give him the benefit of the doubt on this one. - gavin]
* 6
Deltoid says:
19 January 2005 at 5:05 AM
Global Dimming
David Tiley has an has an
interesting summary of a BBC program on Global Dimming. It seems
that, over the past 40 years, while the amount of sunlight reaching
the top of the atmosphere has not changed, the amount of sunlight
reaching the surface…
* 7
Tom Rees says:
19 January 2005 at 5:36 AM
I thought the basic idea was that, if sulphate cooling is greater than we thought, then GHG warming must be greater than we thought, and therefore climate sensitivity must be greater than previously thought. The 10 deg C rise was presented as a ‘warning’ rather than a ‘prediction’. i.e. something that could possibly happen (including carbon cycle feedbacks) but probably won’t.
Clarification from Peter Cox would be excellent though. Perhaps you can get him to blog something?
* 8
BARISTA says:
19 January 2005 at 8:45 AM
cheer up, it was only mass hysteria
Tim Lambert has picked up on the global dimming story with his usual readable rigour. He points to a sceptical post on RealClimate which brings a needed breath of sanity to the story. In the process he also pointed to…
* 9
Brian S. says:
19 January 2005 at 5:05 PM
Thought I recognized James Glassman’s name: he’s the author of “Dow 36,000″. I see he’s transferring his financial prediction accuracy to climatology. More info on him is available at:
http://www.disinfopedia.org/wiki.pht…es_K._Glassman
* 10
Ken says:
19 January 2005 at 5:19 PM
If there were no CO2 in the atmosphere, average surface temperatures of the Earth would be -15 deg or lower. Although only one air molecule in 2500 is CO2, this is sufficient to raise the temperature to +15 deg. How does one reconcile the -30 deg C sensitivity for a -100% decrease in CO2 with the estimated +3 deg C sensitivity for a +100% CO2 increase? I would think that the sensitivities for +/-100% CO2 change would be of comparable magnitude.
Regarding the “Faustian bargain”, has anyone looked at the theoretical feasibility of introducing some kind of biologically benign, synthetic aerosol into the atmosphere to counteract GHG warming? (Clearly, this approach should only be considered to prevent catastropic warming effects, such as melting the Greenland ice sheet or destabilized methane hydrates.)
[Response:: Firstly, the response to CO2 is non-linear. Secondly, I think the ~30 oC value you are quoting is for the *total* greenhouse effect, not just CO2. Lastly, I haven't heard of the aerosol idea, but others (e.g. iron fertilisation of the oceans have been semi-seriously proposed (and in the case of iron, some experimental work done) - William]
* 11
David says:
19 January 2005 at 5:50 PM
Can any of the experts lurking here refer me to any updates to the anthropogenic direct effect aerosol radiative forcing digram – Figure 6.8 -(Figure 401) in the TAR?
I am familar with the Liepert et al. ground based work which shows fairly consistent reductions in surface solar radiation upto the 1990s (and the apparent linkage of this to the evaporation paradox).
The question is whether this increase in aersol forcing is continuing, or if cleaner burning technologies have reversed the trend?
Many Thanks,
David
* 12
Pat Neuman says:
19 January 2005 at 6:02 PM
The Arctic is warming more rapidly than IPCC scientists
had anticipated in 2001.
What is the amount of additional greenhouse gases now
expected from more rapid permafrost thawing in the Arctic?
What about feedbacks from methane burps in warmer waters?
These questions should be addressed before one concludes,
as gavin did above, that:
> The suggested ‘doubling’ of the rate of warming in
> the future compared to even the most extreme scenario
> developed by IPCC is thus highly exaggerated.
> … while these extreme notions might make good
> television, they do a dis-service to the science.
* 13
Beate Liepert says:
19 January 2005 at 6:41 PM
A comment and/or answer to David’s question. New studies on ground based observations extending to 2000 are currently in the publication process. In General without details, your suspicion seems correct that there is reversing tendency in direct aerosol forcing in highly industrialized areas. But these papers will be out soon.
Beate
* 14
Ferdinand Engelbeen says:
19 January 2005 at 8:08 PM
While particulate emissions over the Western world decreased since the mid-1970’s, the emissions in developing countries increased rapidely in the past halve century. The global trend in general leveled.
It is difficult to find exact results of the most comprehensive investigation on aerosols, the INDOEX, over SE Asia on the open internet, but there is one interesting investigation done in the Indian Ocean, where a highly aerosol contaminated area in the NH was compared to a far less contaminated one in the SH. See: http://meteora.ucsd.edu/~jnorris/reprints/io_cloud.pdf If aerosols act as cloud seeds (and prolong the cloud’s lifetime), there should be different trends between the two regions. Which is not the case.
Sulphate aerosols give more reflection of sunlight, thus should have a cooling effect. Soot aerosols absorb more sunlight and increase tropospheric warming. Both have a dimming effect. But where is the balance between the two? And what is the ultimate effect on surface temperature?
According to the investigation:
“There is a strong increasing trend in sea surface temperature over the northern Indian Ocean during the 1952-96 time period” and “Soot was a sizeable fraction of the aerosol mix and caused substantial absorption of solar radiation. Satheesh and Ramanathan [2000] infer from satellite and surface measurements that aerosol heating in the lower atmosphere over the northern Indian Ocean at local noon is 1-3 K/day, an increase of 50-100% over aerosol-free solar heating.”
Thus the balance is that soot has more positive effect than the combined direct and indirect negative effects of sulphate (and other) aerosols. It seems that at least the regional effect of aerosols in S.E.-Asia is warming, not cooling… Thus any reduction there would have a cooling effect.
Further dimming also occurs at places where there is no or a minor trend in aerosols: Antarctica, 9% dimming – no trend in aerosols. Australia, continuous increasing dimming – minute change in aerosols and no in cloud cover. Still a lot of research to do…
* 15
dave says:
19 January 2005 at 10:15 PM
This is strange…
I thought I would just go ahead and e-mail Peter Cox to get his thoughts here. If you do a Google search on “Peter Cox climate”, the first link you currently get is
Peter Cox’s Position Available (dated October 22, 2004). What follows is a job description. Perhaps he is indisposed at the moment for whatever reason.
Anyway, here’s some Hadley Centre research (Chris Jones and Peter Cox) issued prior to his statements in the BBC interview (an AGU news release, May 2003): New Climate Model Predicts Greater 21st Century Warming. I believe this news release gives his statements some context. Global dimming is not mentioned. The research article has the title Strong carbon cycle feedbacks in a climate model with interactive CO2 and sulphate aerosols and appeared in Geophys. Res. Lett., 30(9), 1479. I can not find the original on the web.
* 16
Mark Bahner says:
19 January 2005 at 11:32 PM
Responding to my quotes of Peter Cox in comment #5, Gavin Schmidt writes, “Without access to the full interview, you don’t know the context in which Dr. Cox was speaking. He may have been asked ‘Let’s just imagine that climate sensitivity was twice as big as you thought, what would that imply for the UK under the top-end IPCC scenario?’ . Absent further information, you cannot conclude that he was saying these impacts were likely or even plausible. ‘Mugging’ of scientists in such ways is not unknown.”
First of all, I cut/pasted four paragraphs. Nearly 200 words. Unless the BBC deliberately cut out his caveats, he certainly was quoted enough to provide his own context.
But more importantly, if Peter Cox was misquoted or quoted out of context, why wouldn’t the Hadley Centre Met Office issue some sort of statement on their website?
They certainly don’t appear adverse to commenting on public events, e.g. their nifty promotional piece for “The Day After Tomorrow”:
http://www.metoffice.com/corporate/p…r20040430.html
I especially love the movie poster with Big Ben. Top notch science, there.
[Response: I think you're being unreasonable. The site actually says: The timescales depicted may be unrealistic, but some of the science behind the movie is real enough.. And if you follow the immeadiately following link on the page, you get a discussion of the gulf stream, and its possible shutdown, and a clear statement that modelling results don't show this (just a 20% slowdown), and that the probablility of a shutdown is "low". I would have written the lead somewhat differently (to emphasise more clearly how unscientific the movie is), but they clearly aren't supporting the movie - William]
* 17
dave says:
20 January 2005 at 12:41 AM
I am a bit put off by Mark Bahner calling Peter Cox on the carpet after I originally mentioned him in comment #4. Bahner, on his BLOG, says

The IPCC Third Assessment Report’s (TAR’s) projections for methane atmospheric concentrations, carbon dioxide emissions and atmospheric concentrations, and resultant temperature increases constitute the greatest fraud in the history of environmental science.

I just want to make sure that I am not associated with that position. I have no doubts about the fact that climate change is happening and that the warming trend is real and unusual, given the GHG/aerosol forcings. I am also interested in the apparently more extreme climate modelling results Hadley Centre is getting, but I’ll have to be “sold” on those.
I will say, that humans have screwed up the atmosphere so much with these direct climate forcings and their indirect effects, as mentioned in the original post, that we don’t know if we’re coming or going sometimes with respect to climate. Global dimming, indeed. It looks like the climate effects over time will be quite damaging. We just don’t know the full extent of it and how or when it will happen (abrupt, non-linear changes).
And that disturbs me very much.
As Wallace Broeker says: “Climate is an angry beast and we are poking at it with sticks.”
Perhaps some posts on paleoclimate are in order. To tell some of these people that the Holocene is basically an anomaly and that climate can change (at least regionally) very fast and has done so often in the Pleistocene. Especially if you poke it with sticks.
* 18
Ajax Bucky says:
20 January 2005 at 2:48 AM
It won’t be possible to just publish accurate scientific information about anthropogenic climate forcing and leave it at that, and expect the general public to respond in a prudent and rational way.
Especially, and I say this to you Mark Bahner, when for their whole lives they’ve been subjected to the most virulent forms of hucksterism and conscienceless deception the human mind is capable of.
This debate is not happening in a Socratic community of scholars, it’s happening in the crowded alleys of a black market where slaves and stolen art are sold right next to fresh produce and brand new bicycles.
As has been hinted at here there is resistance to factual debate on climate change that amounts to intrigue – as Sir David King said, he was “being followed around the world by people in the pay of vested-interest groups that want to cast doubt on the science of climate change”.
It’s the height of folly to infer that this is not the case, to pretend that the men whose selfish decisions were and are responsible for this – whatever it is, disaster, dilemma, looming extinction, transitional threshold – are not still running the world, politically and economically. They are. But only because the majority, the great majority, of decent people, in the U.S. especially, have been and are being kept in the dark about what’s happening.
Speaking to those decent people in plain and honest language under such circumstances, while easily derided, is a brave and responsible thing to do.
Responding to someone of King’s stature and proven integrity with scorn isn’t a mistake, it’s an act of cowardice and duplicity.
[Comment: I've allowed this through but its pushing the boundaries. This is a science site, please remember that - William]
* 19
O. Linde says:
21 January 2005 at 11:59 PM
Things almost never happen as expected. The degree of incorporation of an unknown number of gases and particles (not only CO2, methane, methyl bromide,CFC substitutes, and the other known as GHG) is not known, and we would need maybe more than a century to have an estimate; at the same time, new compounds would be incorporating in the atmosphere. We created something that never existed before. We cannot talk of “air” as we study in Chemical texts. We are living in a bottle of a kind of garbag-air. Thermodynamics governs us, we are not governing it, nor can we know what are billions of souls doing, what are industries throwing to our lungs and nature´s lungs. less can we change the minds of educated and poor, illiterate people, in case we had the Truth.
I find Pat Neuman, Dave and some others are right. We have to be cautious. Since the middle 1980´s I was reading climate changes could lead to something not pleasant, sea level rise, and all the etc., then in the 1990´s, the projections were not too dramatic, but serious, I felt the estimates were low, and things would get worse than predicted.
Then in 1998 some of us felt the future was going to be a kind of disaster if not thinking seriously about how to behave. For more than two decades, some of us are used to find that the predictions are almost always wrong. Obviously… How on Earth can we know about millions of parameters interacting? Computer models can only spit what computers are fed. I feel Wallace Broeker knows the beast and is right.
We have to continue doing things the best way possible, because we know almost nothing still.
I will paste a bit from a post by Lee A. Arnold, somewhere in Prometheus (brilliantly written) :
*** “Perhaps concern over “uncertainty” in complex, adaptive, open systems should be investigated by inductive generalization from observations of the dynamics of a wide range of such systems: ecosystems, social systems, computer systems, immune systems, economic systems… It is curious that the following things are never admitted as “facts about the world,” but here goes: the observer would note of all of these systems that they undergo oscillations within apparent parameters and occasionally flip into new regimes; they often demonstrate novel emergence; and that increased forcing, whether of native elements or exotic ones, increases the rates of oscillation and catastrophic shifts, sometimes after a quieter period of sub-threshold build-up. The observer would also see that these events are not tractable to analytic prediction beforehand, due to any or several of various regular functions: including definition, modeling, measurement, calculation, experiment control, and repeated verification. Yet it will remain a fact that, even though you can’t predict any exact occurrence or its timing, all complex systems will show these general dynamics.
At that point, we opt for the Precautionary Principle, as your grandma already knew…………………………..
It is a curious defect of mentality that economic predictions of experts are held to be sacrosanct–by the same crowd that dumps on the climate scientists! But surely economics is far less determinative. Surely our economic system will rise to the challenge of working in almost any climate policy. Indeed, the climate debate is not exactly a “conflict over values,” unless one of them is “greed.” It has been registered time and again that, aside from a few serious climate scientists who make useful points in the real debate, all of the anti-warming people are paid industry hacks.
The idea that “economics trumps climate” should be exactly reversed, on our best and most comprehensive understanding of the processes involved. The human race will do just fine, although some people may have to find another job. “***End of Arnold´s excerpt
* 20
Tom Rees says:
24 January 2005 at 10:17 AM
This may be what Peter Cox was referring to (maybe the Horizon journalists mistook celsius for fahrenheit – wouldn’t be the first time…): Strong carbon cycle feedbacks in a climate model with interactive CO2 and sulphate aerosols
By the end of the 21st century, the authors state, the increase in carbon dioxide and decrease of sulphates will cause a substantially higher global warming of 5.5 degrees Celsius [9.9 degrees Fahrenheit] compared with 4 degrees Celsius [7 degrees Fahrenheit] when these interactions are neglected.
* 21
JC says:
24 January 2005 at 10:43 AM
In response to Ferdinand Engelbreen’s reply:
Sulphate aerosols give more reflection of sunlight, thus should have a cooling effect. Soot aerosols absorb more sunlight and increase tropospheric warming. Both have a dimming effect. But where is the balance between the two? And what is the ultimate effect on surface temperature?
Here’s your answer:
http://www.ncpa.org/iss/env/2002/pd011402d.html
‘Scientists Say Antarctica Is Cooling, Not Warming’
* 22
Tom Rees says:
24 January 2005 at 12:00 PM
A more recent paper by Jones & Cox: http://camels.metoffice.com/MiscReport01.html Perhaps someone here could give their opinion of it?
Both low Q_SO4/low climate sensitivity and high Q_SO4/high climate sensitivity combinations are consistent with the historical climate record. But they lead to very different future climates when the sulphate cooling drops off: if high Q_SO4/high sensitivity is the case then the strong aerosol cooling of the present day does indeed imply a hot future.
(Note that this warming is extra to the warming just caused by the removal of the sulphate cooling – previous work by Jones et al (2003, GRL) has shown that reduction of sulphate cooling into the 21st century causes temperatures to rise more steeply than in the absence of the cooling in the first place. The warming mentioned here is due to the fact that higher climate sensitivity is required to explain the observed warming in the presence of the sulphate cooling forcing).
* 23
David Sington says:
6 February 2005 at 11:49 AM
I am the producer of the BBC Horizon Global Dimming, so I’d like to respond to Gavin Schmidt’s article, and also some of his further comments.
Firstly, I want to refute the notion that Peter Cox, or any other scientist taking part in this or in any other of the films I have made, was “mugged” with trick questions and made to seem to say things he does not believe. Such a practice would be clearly contrary to BBC Guidelines, and would obviously be entirely unethical. Dr Schmidt’s suggestion is, not to put too fine a point on it, a serious libel (tantamount to accusing a scientist of falsifying his or her data). As a matter of fact, Peter Cox was shown the entire transcript of the film – that is both interview extracts and linking commentary – before transmission and asked to comment. This is my normal practice, designed precisely to avoid the situation of inadvertently misrepresenting a contributor’s views or making scientific errors. Peter pointed out a few slips, which we corrected. Overall, he thought the film “very good”. The finished programme, of course, reflects his and the other contributors’ views fairly and accurately. I am sure that on reflection Dr Schmidt will wish to withdraw his factually incorrect and damaging allegation.
What about the substance of the programme, and Dr Schmidt’s criticisms of it? Here, it is important to make a distinction between criticisms of the science itself, and criticisms of the way it is presented. The latter first: essentially the complaint is that we present uncertain science as certain. In support of this a small paragraph from the transcript is extracted from its context. If Dr Schmidt had actually seen the film (which I doubt) he would realize that this is part of a short bridging sequence which acts as a “trailer” of material which will be treated more fully later in the film (the immediately following sequence explains the “indirect aerosol effect”, in fact). It thus states things rather baldly. Even so, the extract does not really support the interpretation put upon it – we quite clearly say that dimming “may have been behind” the Sahel drought – not “was the cause of”. And later in the film, when we deal with the topic in more detail, the commentary says that the Ethiopian famine was “partly caused” by the Sahel drought (because of course the proximate causes were political) and states only that “there’s now evidence” that Global Dimming was to blame for the drought. Dr Rotstayn says that “what our model is suggesting is that these droughts in the Sahel in the 1970s and the 1980s may have been caused by pollution from Europe and North America” and the commentary goes on to say “if his model is correct . . .” So the science is certainly not presented without caveats, and nowhere do we simply state that global dimming is unquestionably the cause of the Sahel drought.
Dr Schmidt would probably count himself a “global dimming sceptic”, citing doubts about the sunlight and evaporation data (”birds drinking from evaporation pans” etc.). There is a certain irony here – very similar doubts about the global temperature record (heat island effects and so forth) were the stock in trade of global warming sceptics for many years. Such scepticism is far from illegitimate, but it is my observation that the scientists who deal most directly with the data have usually thought of and allowed for all the obvious problems which their critics trot out. I find persuasive the fact that two independent data sets (sunlight and evaporation records) point to the same conclusion – a point the film makes clearly, I think.
Finally, we come to the other substantive issue raised by Dr Schmidt – whether the phenomenon of global dimming has implications for climate sensitivity. (This is presented in the film as a worrying possibility, not a fact.) The argument is simple. The sensitivity of the climate to radiative forcing is unknown. Different models give widely different sensitivities. So what is the real sensitivity of today’s climate? In trying to answer this question, some scientists (such as Dr Schmidt) refer to the palaeoclimate record. But it is far from obvious that the climate’s sensitivity to GHG forcing must be the same today as it was at the glacial maximum, when conditions were very different. Another approach is to look at the 20th-century record, where the temperature rise is about 0.6K. To a first approximation the climate sensitivity is a ratio of this warming to the net radiative forcing. We know fairly well that the positive forcing from increased GHGs is about 2.4 W/m2. But of course what matters is the net forcing, positive from GHGs, negative (broadly speaking) from aerosols. The forcing due to the latter is much less well constrained, and Anderson et al (Science 2003) estimate the range as 0.0 to -4.4 W/m2. So the climate sensitivity is itself very sensitive to changes in the negative forcing from aerosols. In a forthcoming paper Andreae, Jones and Cox calculate the relationship – they show that were there no aerosol effect at all, the implied sensitivity would be just 1.3K for a doubling of CO2 – well below the IPCC-TAR range of 2.0-5.1K. But if the aerosols are contributing a net reduction of just -1.7W/m2 (a value entirely consistent with the evidence of solar dimming), then that implies a climate sensitivity of 10K. So the phenomenon of Global Dimming is certainly relevant to the question of the climate sensitivity. This is the science behind Peter Cox’s interview and why he says that “If it turns out that the cooling is stronger than we thought . . . that means the climate’s more sensitive to carbon dioxide than we originally thought, and it means our models may be under sensitive to carbon dioxide.”
The film then goes on to explore what this might mean over the next century. This is presented as a worst-case scenario – what might be expected to happen if a) nothing is done to curb GHG emissions and b) the climate sensitivity is in the higher range Peter Cox and other leading scientists now believe possible. Of course, we are not saying that this is what will happen (to quote the film “this is not a prediction – it is a warning”) – but in assessing policy options (which is what in a democracy we are calling upon our fellow-citizens to do) a proper appreciation of the worst case is vital.
This has been a long post. Can I just finish by saying that the Horizon film was seen by 3.5 million viewers (representing about 7% of the adult population of the UK) and that copies were requested by the Prime Minister’s office. The issues it discussed are being actively debated in Britain. I am now working on a new version of the film to be broadcast in the US on PBS’s NOVA strand. We hope to make this even better and would welcome comments from the scientific community.
David Sington
DOX Productions Ltd
[Response: I'd like to thank David Sington for taking the time to respond to this article and the subsequent discussion. I am perfectly willing to trust his statement that Dr. Cox approved the program transcript. I will point out though that my previous comment was not an allegation against him or his program, merely an acknowledgement that absent any other information I could not rule out such an occurrence. A simple statement providing that information would have sufficed - threats to sue are neither appropriate as a first recourse nor useful in discussing scientific issues. (Note: no further discussion on this particular point will be entertained in this comment section).
With respect to the presentation vs. the science, the programme transcript is available for public view and the highlighted section is an accurate quote. Caveats that appear later in the programme have to work very hard to counteract the strong impression thus set up. This was really my point - the scientist's original papers are full of appropriate caveats which are not reflected in bald statements like 'Global dimming is a killer'. The impression left on the viewer is not one of uncertainty.
I have discussed the estimates of climate sensitivity at more length in connection to the climateprediction.net results in another post. The bottom line is that uncertainties in the physics of aerosol effects (warming from black carbon, cooling from sulphates and nitrates, indirect effects on clouds, indirect effects on snow and ice albedo) and in the historical distributions, are really large (as acknowledged above). Therefore, unless those uncertainties are reduced, the constraints on climate sensitivity from the 20th Century will not be useful. This is the conclusion of many studies (Forest et al, 2001; Knutti et al 2001 etc.) that have not been able to rule out extremely high sensitivities using the observed 20th Century record. If indeed climate sensitivity is a significantly non-linear function of the base climate (as suggested above), then the whole concept is probably flawed. However, modelling studies suggest that this is not actually the case, and that useful constraints can be found in the paleoclimate record. As an aside, the radiative forcing by aerosols (in both long wave and solar radiation at the tropopause) is not the same as global dimming (which is a solar radiation effect at the surface) though they are related.
I welcome further discussion and media interest in some of the difficult science invovled in understanding aerosol effects. If I were to offer any suggestions to the programme makers it would be that the uncertainty in these effects and their implications be made much clearer. - gavin]
* 24
beate liepert says:
6 February 2005 at 8:48 PM
Dear David and readers,
Again, I am one of the interviewed scientists and one of the leading experts on “global dimming” and its climate consequences and I initiated the meeting which started the entire debate (Liepert et. al. 2004). Gavin Schmidt is my collegue at NASA GISS and we have been discussing my research on “global dimming” for many years now. He has been very supportive and a great colleague. Graham Farhquar and Micheal Roderick (the other interviewed scientists) are frequent guests at our institutions. Furthermore during the research process for the documentary I repeatedly raised my concerns about linking the indirect effect and the Sahel drought without mentioning the study by Giannini et al (Science, 2004). Her study is regarded as the most convincing explanation. She provides good evidence that the Indian Ocean sea surface temperature was the driving factor behind the Sahel drought. My colleagues Rotstayn and Giannini correspond with each other. I respect and know them both quite well. Science might seem pretty boring to film makers in this respect. But that’s what it is.
Beate
* 25
g-one says:
22 March 2005 at 5:47 AM
Global Dimming
Last night ABC Four Corners aired a BBC – Science & Nature – Horizon documentary on Global Dimming. Also see this post on Global Dimming at Real Climate. I found the fact that the 9/11 grounding of air traffic lead…

http://www.planetextinction.com/planet_extinction_global_dimming.htm

Global dimming

Over many decades industry has released a huge quantity of aerosol particles that reflect incoming sunlight right around the planet’s northern hemisphere. Consisting of a mixture of exhaust fumes, smoke and dust it reduces global warming by reflecting sunlight back into space and shields us from some of the sun’s radiation.
This phenomenon is known as “global dimming”. It can reduce heating locally by between 2-3°C. It has allowed us to continue business as usual by disguising the enormous impact we are having on the earth. Because the true impact of greenhouse gasses has not yet been felt, many scientists believe that we may already have passed the point of no return.
This dimming is transient stuff. It could disappear in a few days if there were an economic downturn or a reduction in fossil fuel use. This would leave us fully exposed to the heat of the global greenhouse.
The proof came when all airplanes were grounded for three days after the September 11 attack on the Twin Towers. Investigation found that temperatures then rose by 1.3°C due to the loss of aeroplane contrails.
As James Lovelock said, “we are in a fool’s paradise, accidentally kept cool by smoke.”
But if the glaciers melt or any other tipping point gets triggered, and life in industrial cities becomes untenable, there would be a severe industrial downturn. Then the aerosol would fall out of the atmosphere in a very short time, and the global temperature could take a sudden enormous leap upwards.
It was for this reason that Lovelock wrote The Revenge of Gaia and warned in The Independent that the world has already passed the point of no return for climate change, and that civilisation as we know it is now unlikely to survive. He suggests that efforts to counter global warming cannot succeed because we would be ambushed by global dimming. Therefore human society will probably face disaster to a worse extent, and on a faster timescale, than anybody realises.
He wrote “Before this century is over, billions of us will die, and the few breeding pairs of people that survive will be in the Arctic where the climate may remain tolerable.”

Martial Law Warning! Police Chiefs Resigning! Secret Meeting in Australia

http://www.davidicke.com/forum/showthread.php?t=104022

http://www.fourwinds10.com/siterun_data/….hp?q=1265662299

POLICE CHIEFS RESIGNING!!

Does anyone find this weird? This report was dated on Feb.7th, 2010. What are your thoughts about this?

1. Gaithersburg, MD Gaithersburg Police Chief John King resigned with little explanation last week, leaving his colleagues and community members wondering what happened.
2. Guttenberg, IA Police Chief Resigns After Seven Months on the Job, no reason
3. Harrisburg, PA – Richard Pickles retires after serving a month as Harrisburg police chief
4. Culpeper, VA When Scott Barlow announced two weeks ago he would step down from his job as chief of police with the town of Culpeper, it caught a lot of people off guard, including us.
5. Carbondale, IL – Police Chief Resigns, no reason given
6. Austin, MN – Several Austin City Council members said they were “shocked” by Austin Police Chief Paul Philipp’s resignation Tuesday morning.
7. Jonesboro, GA – The City of Jonesboro’s new police chief has resigned, five weeks after being named to the top job.
8. Manassas, VA – found this quote: “I hope the Chief enjoys his retirement. Between his service in the Secret Service, Fairfax and Manassas, he’s earned it.”
9. West Covina, CA – Tolich, a 21-year veteran of the force, retired nine years before he was eligible for full retirement benefits, Finance Director Thomas Bachman said.
In an email Tolich sent to members of the department, he tells fellow officers that a personal matter involving him and his family led to the sudden departure.
These were either benign stories or little info given. (Bearing in mind that a seasoned cop could probably make a pretty believable alibi for leaving.)
10. Oroville, CA
11. Burlington City, PA
12POLICE CHIEFS RESIGNING!!
. Bellmead, TX
13. Bridgeport, WV
14. Gaston, ID
15. Meigs, GA
16. Independence, LA
17. Miami, FL
18. Britt, IA
19. Nickerson, KS
20. New Holland, PA
21. Navarre, OH
22. Glocester, RI
23. Lithonia, GA
24. Harrison, NY
25. Huntsville, AL
26. Moose Lake, MN
27. Boxborough, MA
28. Sutton, WV
29. Itta Bena, MS
30. St. Cloud, FL
31. Menomonie, WI
32. Fanwood, NJ
33. Morton’s Gap, KY
34. New Haven, CT
35. Guttenberg, IA
36. South Amboy, NJ
37. Santa Cruz, CA
38. Bakersfield, CA
39. South Pasadena, CA
40. Tulsa, OK
41. Hastings, MN
42. Stamford, CT
43. Dallas, TX
44. Somerville, MA
45. Greensboro, NC
46. Avon, CO
47. Benton, IL
48. Nogales, AZ
49. West Tisbury, MA
50. Gainesville, GA
51. Anniston, AL
52. West Richland, WA
53. Watford City, ND
54. Ponce Inlet, FL
55. Clearwater, FL
56. Monmouth, ME
57. Brookfield, IL
58. Ludowici, GA
59. Orland, CA
60. Springfield, NJ
61. Holt, MO
62. Brookneal, VA
63. Chesterton, IN
64. Edina, MN
65. Birmingham, MI
66. Montebello, CA
67. Vonore, TN
68. Ventnor, NJ
69. New Hartford, NY
70. Kennedy, AL
Some major cities had Police Chief turnover in 2009 (early Infragard info?)
Seattle
Atlanta
Los Angeles
Miami
San Francisco
Dallas
************ ********* ********* **
And check out this next post:
Re:CEO/CFOs are Resigning Fast ? 17 Minutes ago
Vicas .. your discovery is amazing .. if you read my last post in the thread Situation in Europe you may find the answers ..
it seems that the start of the economic final crash may be less than 30 days ahead ..
if that ends being the case the resignations make a lot of sense .. the CEOs don’t want their name stamped in a sinking boat .. and police chiefs don’t want to be responsible for the bloodshed they know it’s coming when social chaos breaks loose.
I just hope they are not already heading to their D.U.M.B. basses .. otherwise we are all doombed.

********************
From: Robert Busser
To:
Sent: Monday, February 08, 2010 8:13 AM
Subject: [frameup] Fw: POLICE CHIEFS RESIGNING!!

kids just a number… looks like nazi NWO plans.
http://www.davidicke.com/forum/showthread.php?t=105245

http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2010/02/24/2828706.htm?section=justin
Gillard flags national ID scheme for schoolchildren

Posted 24/02/2010
ID scheme: Federal Education Minister Julia Gillard (Dave Hunt: AAP )

The Federal Government plans to assign every schoolchild an individual identity number to track their academic progress.
Education Minister Julia Gillard is expected to unveil the plan in a speech at the National Press Club today.
Ms Gillard says the program will allow parents to monitor their children’s development, even if they move schools.
She says the Government will ensure privacy is protected.
“If we have a way of tracking we can obviously have better measures of how schools are going in developing student performance,” she said.
“And then for individual parents it obviously would be of assistance to be able to track the records of a child’s schooling.”
Opposition Leader Tony Abbott says he has doubts about the plan.
“I think that people have names and I think that it ought to be possible to identify people’s performance based on their names, based on who they are,” he said.

2UE – IBM & the Holocaust – Verichip – Positive ID

kids just a number – another step into a Nazi NWO

Teachers not consulted over ID plan
http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2010/02/24/2829432.htm?section=justin

Teachers not consulted over ID plan

By Samantha Hawley

Updated Wed Feb 24, 2010 9:45pm AEDT

Teacher unions have reacted angrily to the Federal Government’s plan to give every school student an identity number.

Education Minister Julia Gillard has revealed school student around the country will soon be assigned an identity number so their academic results can be tracked on the controversial My School website.

The Australian Education Union’s president, Angelo Gavrielatos, says neither teachers nor their representatives were consulted about the plan.

“What we’ve seen is yet another announcement by the Deputy Prime Minister without any meaningful consultation with the profession,” he said.

“What we ask of the Government is to show more regard and respect for the profession and therefore consult with the profession prior to announcements.”

Bob Lipscombe from the New South Wales Teachers Federation agrees.

“The sort of insulting approach it’s taken, again implying that teachers really don’t know what they’re doing in classrooms or haven’t known what they’ve been doing for years,” he said.

“Why not consult with the profession? Why not speak to the profession?

“Why not engage with them in a way that values their contribution and recognises that they already do many great things in our classrooms across the country?”

Mr Lipscombe says Ms Gillard should be discussing the issues with teachers, not undermining them.

“It’s about time she actually sat down and engaged with teachers in the classroom and found out what the issues are, what their concerns are,” he said.

“No-one’s claiming for a moment that there aren’t ways we can improve what we do in schools, but the best way to do that is to do it cooperatively – not continually attack the profession, not continually seek to undermine the profession.”

Civil rights outcry

The program has also sparked concern from civil liberty groups and the Opposition, who say the program will depersonalise children.

Opposition Leader Tony Abbott says it is a national identity card via the back door.

“I think that children should have names, not numbers, and I’m concerned about any proposal that seems to commodify our kids,” he said.

The number will be known as a “unique student identifier” and will be linked to the My School website, which publicises lists of school results.

“The reason we need the number is so as a Government, we don’t need the names,” Ms Gillard said.

“The number is a privacy protection.”

Ms Gillard says it means students’ academic history and progress will not be lost when they move.

“It has great benefit for parents, great benefit to enable us to do the next value-added metrics for My School,” she said.

But Terry O’Gorman from the Council for Civil Liberties does not see how it would help parents and students.

“We say that it raises significant, worrying, adverse privacy implications,” he said.

so are we looking at one of these possible futures?

TOXIC SKIES

Toxic Skies Trailer

For years the government has been involved in a secret operation involving contrails – the visible lines of condensed water vapor that jets leave in the sky. If you asked them, they would suggest that this is done in the name of environmental protection as a safeguard that will alleviate global warming by reflecting sunlight back into the atmosphere. The real truth: these contrails are actually a toxic substance, or virus, deliberately sprayed upon an unsuspecting populace in order to “weed out the old and the sick” & increase dependence (profit) on pharmaceuticals & health care.

Synopsis -
As Seattle’s hospitals begin filling up with patients suffering from a deadly sickness, Dr. Tess Martin, a specialist from the Global Health Association, embarks on a mission to find the truth. Before long, the virus spreads like wildfire and becomes a full-on epidemic. With over 70 percent of Seattle dying from the virus, Tess and her son’s only chance of survival is to get out of the city and find a cure, but the President has declared a national emergency and quarantined all of Seattle — nobody is allowed out, and nobody is allowed in. When the President passes a bill allowing the use of military force to keep Seattle from spreading the virus, it’s up to Tess to find a way to break free of the city in order to find a cure and expose the government’s deadly conspiracy………………………


THE INHABITED ISLAND part 1

Plot summary

The film is set in the year 2157. The main character, Maxim Kammerer (Stepanov), is a space pilot of the Free Search Group on a voyage to a planet. His spaceship is damaged and he crash lands on an unknown planet. His ship explodes shortly after he crawls out of it, and he is shortly discovered by Zef (Garmash) and arrested. Guy Gaal (Fyodorov) was appointed to escort him. As they are making their way back to the capital by train, they are attacked by the so-called “degenerates”. The degenerates attack the military convoy and destroy a nearby tower, which Guy says is part of a missle defense network.

Maxim demonstrates great physical prowess during the attack, and is quickly conscripted into the military when he arrives at their camp. He learns that this is the planet Saraksh, and that the country in which he has landed is governed by a militaristic dictatorship, ruled by the so-called Unknown Fathers. Two times each day, most of the entire population is stirred into a patriotic frenzy while a minority of citizens experience intense pain and convulsions. Maxim and his friends quickly realize that he is somehow immune to these effects, both the frenzy and the pain.

Maxim lives briefly in the city, serving with Guy and falling in love with his sister Rada (Snigir). He repeatedly asks questions about the ongoing war, trying to determine who exactly the enemy is and why they are fighting. After Maxim refuses to execute a group of captured degenerates, he is shot several times and left in the woods. Maxim recovers and joins a group of degenerate fighters.

During his time with the degenerates, Maxim learns true nature of the system of towers which covers the country. Said by the state propaganda to be a defense network, the towers actually function as a network of mind control devices, ensuring the citizens’ loyalty to the state. The degenerates, as well as the Unknown Fathers, are that part of the population which are not controlled by the towers; instead, they experience bouts of extreme pain each day. Both the degenerates and the Fathers seek to recruit Maxim, who experiences neither the pain nor the control of the towers. Maxim also learns that the degenerates do not seek to dismantle the system of towers, but plan to overthrow the Fathers and use the mind control system for themselves.

After fighting alongside the degenerates in one attack on one of the towers, Maxim is captured again by the military, and this time sentenced to prison labor. Maxim decides that neither the degenerates nor the Fathers deserve his allegiance. While out working in the woods, Maxim and two other prisoners find an abandoned power transmission station. While exploring the underground station, Maxim encounters the golovans, a race of seemingly wild dog-like creatures who attack the prisoners. Maxim suspects that they may be sentient and highly intelligent.

After leaving the underground station, Maxim manages to capture a mechanized tank which attacks the prisoners in the woods. Maxim drives this tank to the edge of the country, where he again meets Guy serving at a border station. He takes Guy with him, and then heads south in search of help from the neighboring nations.
—————————————————————

THE INHABITED ISLAND 2 FIGHT


John Holdren, Obama’s Science Czar, says: Forced abortions and mass sterilization needed to save the planet

John Holdren, Obama’s Science Czar, says: Forced abortions and mass sterilization needed to save the planet

Book he authored in 1977 advocates for extreme totalitarian measures to control the population

Forced abortions. Mass sterilization. A “Planetary Regime” with the power of life and death over American citizens.

The tyrannical fantasies of a madman? Or merely the opinions of the person now in control of science policy in the United States? Or both?

These ideas (among many other equally horrifying recommendations) were put forth by John Holdren, whom Barack Obama has recently appointed Director of the White House Office of Science and Technology Policy, Assistant to the President for Science and Technology, and Co-Chair of the President’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology — informally known as the United States’ Science Czar. In a book Holdren co-authored in 1977, the man now firmly in control of science policy in this country wrote that:

• Women could be forced to abort their pregnancies, whether they wanted to or not;
• The population at large could be sterilized by infertility drugs intentionally put into the nation’s drinking water or in food;
• Single mothers and teen mothers should have their babies seized from them against their will and given away to other couples to raise;
• People who “contribute to social deterioration” (i.e. undesirables) “can be required by law to exercise reproductive responsibility” — in other words, be compelled to have abortions or be sterilized.
• A transnational “Planetary Regime” should assume control of the global economy and also dictate the most intimate details of Americans’ lives — using an armed international police force.

Impossible, you say? That must be an exaggeration or a hoax. No one in their right mind would say such things.

Well, I hate to break the news to you, but it is no hoax, no exaggeration. John Holdren really did say those things, and this report contains the proof. Below you will find photographs, scans, and transcriptions of pages in the book Ecoscience, co-authored in 1977 by John Holdren and his close colleagues Paul Ehrlich and Anne Ehrlich. The scans and photos are provided to supply conclusive evidence that the words attributed to Holdren are unaltered and accurately transcribed.

This report was originally inspired by this article in FrontPage magazine, which covers some of the same information given here. But that article, although it contained many shocking quotes from John Holdren, failed to make much of an impact on public opinion. Why not? Because, as I discovered when discussing the article with various friends, there was no proof that the quotes were accurate — so most folks (even those opposed to Obama’s policies) doubted their veracity, because the statements seemed too inflammatory to be true. In the modern era, it seems, journalists have lost all credibility, and so are presumed to be lying or exaggerating unless solid evidence is offered to back up the claims. Well, this report contains that evidence.

Of course, Holdren wrote these things in the framework of a book he co-authored about what he imagined at the time (late 1970s) was an apocalyptic crisis facing mankind: overpopulation. He felt extreme measures would be required to combat an extreme problem. Whether or not you think this provides him a valid “excuse” for having descended into a totalitarian fantasy is up to you: personally, I don’t think it’s a valid excuse at all, since the crisis he was in a panic over was mostly in his imagination. Totalitarian regimes and unhinged people almost always have what seems internally like a reasonable justification for actions which to the outside world seem incomprehensible.

Direct quotes from John Holdren’s Ecoscience

Below you will find a series of ten short passages from Ecoscience. On the left in each case is a scanned image taken directly from the pages of the book itself; on the right is an exact transcription of each passage, with noteworthy sections highlighted. Below each quote is a short analysis by me.

Following these short quotes, I take a “step back” and provide the full extended passages from which each of the shorter quotes were excerpted, to provide the full context.

And at the bottom of this report, I provide untouched scans (and photos) of the full pages from which all of these passages were taken, to quash any doubts anyone might have that these are absolutely real, and to forestall any claims that the quotes were taken “out of context.”

Ready? Brace yourself. And prepare to be shocked.

More here…
http://zombietime.com/john_holdren/

Children Of Men Trailer

Plot summary for
Children of Men (2006)

In 2027, as humankind faces the likelihood of its own extinction, a disillusioned government agent agrees to help transport and protect a miraculously pregnant woman to a sanctuary at sea where her child’s birth may help scientists to save the future of mankind. Written by IMDb Editors

The world’s youngest citizen has just died at 18, and humankind is facing the likelihood of its own extinction. Set in and around a dystopian London fractious with violence and warring nationalistic sects, Children of Men follows the unexpected discovery of a lone pregnant woman and the desperate journey to deliver her to safety and restore faith for a future beyond those presently on Earth. Written by Production

Set in 2027, when no child has been born for 18 years and science is at loss to explain the reason, African and East European societies collapse and their dwindling populations migrate to England and other wealthy nations. In a climate of nationalistic violence, a London peace activist turned bureaucrat Theo Faron, joins forces with his revolutionary ex-wife Julian in order to save mankind by protecting a woman who has mysteriously became pregnant. Written by Ryan Devlin

“Children of Men” envisages a world one generation from now that has fallen into chaos on the heels of an infertility defect in the population. The world’s youngest citizen has just died at 18, and humankind is facing the likelihood of its own extinction. Set against a backdrop of London torn apart by violence and warring nationalistic sects, “Children of Men” follows an unlikely champion of Earth’s survival: Theo, a disillusioned ex-activist turned bureaucrat, who is forced to face his own demons and protect the planet’s last remaining hope. Written by Anonymous

World divisions, chaos and anarchy, these are the ways the world and the last remaining inhabitants are checking out. No child has been born for eighteen years. Human life and its moral self is eroding into extinction. Set in Britain in the year 2027, this is Theodore Faron finding his ghosts coming back to haunt his fruitless life, in the form of an underground band of rebels The Fishes. Unwittingly drawn into their plight, learning who can be trusted, who can be dependable, and how he must hold the most precious secret the Human race has been so longing to hear, the miracle that can change the course of Humanity; the first pregnant woman in eighteen years. On the run, he, Kee and Miriam must travel cross-country, on the run, terrified and helpless to the safe haven of the Human Project. With the help of aging hippie Jasper Palmer this horrific, dark, unconventional and uncompromising road movie is all that is left between the demise of the Human race and the birth of a new drawn. Written by Cinema_Fan

With this dystopian world ravished by war, paranoia and the frustrations of Man the Orwellian vision of Nineteen Eighty-Four, the totalitarian future is now complete and amongst us. With female fertility becoming obsolete, Man cannot reproduce, and no child has been born on the face of the planet for eighteen years. Man, and his future, is dying. Soon he shall be extinct. Theo, the beaten, downtrodden and middle-aged ex-political activist will, unwittingly, become involved in a war of an underground revolt. Here he is active once more, in the perilous journey across England’s Home Counties, with a young girl, Kee, who, to Theo’s bewilderment is pregnant. The first pregnant woman for more than eighteen years. This secret must be protected, at all cost, and mother and child must flee to the mysterious and enigmatic Human Project, across the seas. Their flight is a constant fight for survival. Who can be trusted? Who can keep a secret? Written by Cinema_Fan



http://informationstation.ning.com/forum….r=0hlz27dg8fwbt
Reply by XandarFromTerraNova
I can’t believe what i just read…

Who this guy thinks he is!?

A Science Czar!?? He should be locked in a mental institution! Along with Obama who put him where he is now!

Just something for those who are reading this forum topic: Overpopulation is BULLSHIT !!!

Its just another myth among many (Global Warming anyone!??) that they are trying to sell to the public. Many of you would ask, “well he is a scientist, maybe he has an idea what he is talking about?” I say no, either he is together with the elites and their plans or he is very down with their agenda and has no problems with it (which i presume is the result that you get when you spread scientific lies that go in favor with the elite’s agenda, you get to survive maybe?).

One question though. From all the scientists in the world, why him? Why John Holdren?

I’ll tell you why. He seems to be one of thew few government financed scientists who have no trouble inventing a theory that holds absolutely no water in reality. Just so they get their fair share of the goodies promised by you know who. When i say few i really mean few, compared with all the other scientists who think that the “overpopulation theory” (theory, not fact!) is just a major CRAP. Scientists who are in no league or connection with the government whatsoever have estimated that the planet could support another 34 billion people today (along with those already present = 41 billion). There are 20 thousand reserves with fresh water that are kept under strict supervision of the governments, and strictly government property. If you have a shortage of fresh water to drink in the nest few years, you would know where to call. Food is also available to all, if there is an honest desire and motivation to be produced everywhere around the world, globally. So who is creating the “lack of resources-overpopulation problem?” The government. The sooner people realize that 99% of the problems they face in their life are manufactured on purpose by the government, the better.

CONCLUSION: There is NO Overpopulation problem!